Annual Statements Open main menu

WSFS FINANCIAL CORP - Annual Report: 2012 (Form 10-K)

Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 0-16668

 

 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware   22-2866913

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

500 Delaware Avenue,

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (302) 792-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

6.25% Senior Notes Due 2019

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ¨    NO  x

Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    YES  ¨    NO  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as quoted on NASDAQ as of June 30, 2012 was $320,580,531. For purposes of this calculation only, affiliates are deemed to be directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the outstanding shares.

As of March 7, 2013, there were issued and outstanding 8,782,933 Shares of the registrant’s common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 25, 2013 are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Part I   
Item 1.  

Business

     1   
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     25  
Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     33  
Item 2.  

Properties

     34  
Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     38  
Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     38   
Part II   
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      38  
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     40  
Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     41  
Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

     61  
Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     63  
Item 9  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     116  
Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

     116  
Item 9B.  

Other Information

     119   
Part III   
Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     119  
Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     119  
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      119  
Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

     120  
Item 14.  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     120  
Part IV   
Item 15.  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     120  
  Signatures      123  


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, and exhibits thereto, contains estimates, predictions, opinions, projections and other statements that may be interpreted as “forward-looking statements” as that phrase is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, without limitation, references to our financial goals, management’s plans and objectives for future operations, financial and business trends, business prospects, and management’s outlook or expectations for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital levels, liquidity levels, asset quality or other future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Such forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions (some of which may be beyond our control) and are subject to risks and uncertainties (which change over time) and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those related to the economic environment, particularly in the market areas in which we operate, including an increase in unemployment levels; our level of nonperforming assets; the volatility of the financial and securities markets, including changes with respect to the market value of financial assets; changes in market interest rates which may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields thus reducing margin; increases in benchmark rates would also increase debt service requirements for customers whose terms include a variable interest rate, which may negatively impact the ability of borrowers to pay as contractually obligated; changes in government regulation affecting financial institutions, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations being issued in accordance with this statute and potential expenses and elevated capital levels associated therewith; possible additional loan losses and impairment of the collectability of loans; possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations, may have an adverse effect on business; possible rules and regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau or other regulators which might adversely impact our business model or products and services; possible stresses in the real estate markets, including possible continued deterioration in property values that affect the collateral value underlying our real estate loans; our ability to expand into new markets, develop competitive new products and services in a timely manner, and to maintain profit margins in the face of competitive pressures; possible changes in consumer and business spending and saving habits could affect our ability to increase assets and to attract deposits; our ability to effectively manage credit risk, interest rate risk, market risk, operational risk, legal risk, liquidity risk, reputational risk, and regulatory and compliance risk; the effects of increased competition from both banks and non-banks; the effects of geopolitical instability and risks such as terrorist attacks; the effects of weather and natural disasters such as floods, droughts, wind, tornados and hurricanes, and the effects of man-made disasters; possible changes in the speed of loan prepayments by our customers and loan origination or sales volumes; possible acceleration of prepayments of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) due to low interest rates, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on prepayments on MBS due to low interest rates, and the related acceleration of premium amortization on those securities; and the costs associated with resolving any problem loans, litigation and other risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties are discussed herein, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” and in other documents filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. Forward looking statements are as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of us.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OUR BUSINESS

WSFS Financial Corporation (“WSFS,” the “Company” or “we”) is parent to Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”), the seventh oldest bank and trust company in the United States continuously operating under the same name. A fixture in Delaware and contiguous areas of neighboring states community, WSFS Bank has been in operation for 181 years. In addition to its focus on stellar customer service, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community. We are a relationship-focused,

 

1


Table of Contents

locally-managed, community banking institution that has grown to become the largest independent bank or thrift holding company headquartered and operating in the State of Delaware, one of the top commercial lenders in the state, the third largest bank in terms of Delaware deposits and among the top trust companies in the country. For the seventh year in a row, our Associates (what we call our employees) ranked us a “Top Workplace” in Delaware and for the second year in a row the Delaware News Journal’s readers voted us the “Top Bank” in the state. We state our mission simply: We Stand For Service.

Our core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $2.2 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering a high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits in our 51 offices located in Delaware (42), Pennsylvania (7), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1). We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage services through our retail branches.

We offer trust and wealth management services through Christiana Trust, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress), WSFS Investment Group brokerage and our Private Banking group. The Christiana Trust division of WSFS Bank provides investment, fiduciary, agency and commercial domicile services from locations in Delaware and Nevada and has over $17 billion in assets under administration. These services are provided to individuals and families as well as corporations and institutions. Christiana Trust provides these services to customers locally, nationally and internationally taking advantage of its branch facilities in Delaware and Nevada. Cypress is an investment advisory firm that manages nearly $600 million of portfolios for individuals, trusts, retirement plans and endowments. WSFS Investment Group, Inc. markets various third-party insurance products and securities through the Bank’s retail banking system.

Our Cash Connect division is a premier provider of ATM Vault Cash and related services in the United States. Cash Connect manages more than $444 million in vault cash in more than 13,000 ATMs nationwide. They also provide online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM processing and equipment sales. Cash Connect also operates over 440 ATMs for WSFS Bank, which owns by far, the largest branded ATM network in Delaware.

WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION

While all banks offer similar products and services, we believe that WSFS, through its service model, has set itself apart from other banks in our market and the industry in general. In addition, community banks such as WSFS have been able to distinguish themselves from large national or international banks that fail to provide their customers with the service levels, responsiveness and local decision making they want. The following factors summarize what we believe are our points of differentiation.

Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy

Our business model is built on a concept called Human Sigma, which we have implemented in our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners”. The Human Sigma model, identified by Gallup, Inc., begins with Associates who have taken ownership of their jobs and therefore perform at a higher level. We invest significantly in recruitment, training, development and talent management as our Associates are the cornerstone of our model. This strategy motivates Associates, and unleashes innovation and productivity to engage our most valuable asset, our customers, by providing them with Stellar Service experiences. As a result, we build Customer Advocates, or customers who have developed an

 

2


Table of Contents

emotional attachment to the Bank. Research studies continue to show a direct link between Associate engagement, customer advocacy and a company’s financial performance.

 

LOGO

Surveys conducted for us by Gallup, Inc. indicate:

 

   

Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top quartile of companies polled. In 2012 our engagement ratio was 17.3:1, which means there were 17.3 engaged Associates for every disengaged Associate. This compares to a 2.6:1 ratio in 2003 and a national average of 1.53:1. Gallup, Inc. defines “world-class” as 8.8:1.

 

   

Our customer advocacy scores rank in the top 10% of companies. In 2012, 48% of our customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “I can’t imagine a world without WSFS” and nearly 71% of our customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “WSFS is the perfect bank for me.”

By fostering a culture of engaged and empowered Associates, we believe we have become the employer and bank of choice in our market. In 2012, for the fourth year in a row, we were recognized by The Wilmington News Journal as a “Top Work Place” for large corporations in the State of Delaware. Also in 2012, a News Journal survey of its readers also ranked us the “Top Bank” in Delaware, indicating the strength of our focus on customer service.

Community Banking Model

Our size and community banking model play a key role in our success. Our approach to business combines a service-oriented culture with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at meeting the needs of our retail and business customers. We believe the essence of being a community bank means that we are:

 

   

Small enough to offer customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers.

 

   

Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers.

As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by national companies that have centralized their decision-making authority away from their customers and focused their mass-marketing to a regional or even national customer base. We believe this trend has frustrated smaller business owners who have become accustomed to dealing directly with their bank’s senior executives and discouraged retail customers who often experience deteriorating levels of service in branches and other service outlets. Additionally, it frustrates bank employees who are no longer empowered to provide good and timely service to their customers.

WSFS Bank offers:

 

   

One point of contact. Each of our relationship managers is responsible for understanding his or her customers’ needs and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs.

 

   

A customized approach to our clients. We believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are too large or centralized to offer customized products or services.

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Products and services that our customers value. This includes a broad array of banking, cash management and trust and wealth management products, as well as a legal lending limit high enough to meet the credit needs of our customers, especially as they grow.

 

   

Rapid response and a company that is easy to do business with. Our customers tell us this is an important differentiator from larger, in-market competitors.

Strong Market Demographics

Delaware is situated in the middle of the Washington, DC—New York corridor which includes the urban markets of Philadelphia and Baltimore. The state benefits from this urban concentration as well as from a unique political, legal, tax and business environment. Additionally, Delaware is one of only eight states with a AAA bond rating from the three predominant rating agencies. Delaware’s rate of unemployment, median household income and rate of population growth all compare favorably to national averages.

 

(Most recent available statistics)    Delaware     National
Average
 

Unemployment (For December 2012) (1)

     6.9     7.8

Median Household Income (2007-2011) (2)

   $ 59,317      $ 52,762   

Population Growth (2010-2012) (3)

     2.1     1.7

 

(1) Bureau of Labor Statistics, Economy at a Glance;
(2) U.S. Census Bureau, State & County Quick Facts;
(3) U.S. Census Bureau, Population Estimates

Balance Sheet Management

We put a great deal of focus on actively managing our balance sheet. This manifests itself in:

 

   

Prudent capital levels.  Maintaining prudent capital levels is key to our operating philosophy. At December 31, 2012, our tangible common equity ratio was 7.72%. All regulatory capital levels for WSFS Bank maintained a meaningful cushion above well-capitalized levels. WSFS Bank’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.04% as of December 31, 2012, more than $229 million in excess of the 6% “well-capitalized” level, and our total risk-based capital ratio was 14.29%, more than $140 million above the “well-capitalized” level of 10.00%.

 

   

Disciplined lending.  We maintain discipline in our lending, including planned portfolio diversification. Additionally, we take a proactive approach to identifying trends in our business and lending market and have responded to areas of concern. In 2010, we increased our portfolio monitoring and reporting sophistication and hired additional senior credit administration and asset disposition professionals to manage our portfolio. As a result we improved all criticized, classified and nonperforming loans to 52.5% Tier 1 capital plus ALLL from 84.8% at December 31, 2011. We diversify our loan portfolio to limit our exposure to any single type of credit. Such discipline supplements careful underwriting and the benefits of knowing our customers.

 

   

Focus on credit quality.  We seek to minimize credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet primarily to help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing some marginal income. Our investment securities portfolio consists of nearly all AAA-rated credits. Our philosophy and pre-purchase due diligence has allowed us to avoid the significant investment write-downs taken by many of our bank peers (only $86,000 of other-than-temporary impairment charges recorded during this economic cycle).

However, we have been subject to many of the same pressures facing the banking industry. The extended recession negatively impacted our customers and, as a result, impacted our credit quality and our interest rates. In a time where interest rates are declining we increased wealth management income, lending growth and customer

 

4


Table of Contents

funding growth. During 2012, we successfully completed our asset strategies associated with improving our asset quality, which we refer to as our Asset Strategies, which included a bulk sale of $42.7 million of problem loans. This was in addition to numerous other asset disposition efforts accomplished throughout the year. As a result, we have seen continued asset quality stabilization and improvement in key asset quality indicators.

Disciplined Capital Management

We understand that our capital (or stockholders’ equity) belongs to our stockholders. They have entrusted this capital to us with the expectation that it will earn an appropriate return relative to the risk we take. Mindful of this balance, we prudently, but aggressively, manage our capital.

Strong Performance Expectations and Alignment with Shareholder Priorities

We are focused on high-performing, long-term financial goals. We define “high-performing” as the top quintile of a relevant peer group in return on assets (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and earnings per share (EPS) growth. Management incentives are, in large part, based on driving performance in these areas. More details on management incentive plans are included in our proxy statement.

During 2009 to 2011 in particular, we invested in building our company in the wake of significant local market disruption. During these years we increased commercial lenders by 40%, added, relocated or renovated over 40% of our branch network and successfully completed the acquisition of Christiana Bank & Trust. This enhanced our franchise and provided significant growth opportunities. However, the rate of our earnings growth was also impacted. As we entered into 2012, we reached the end of this strategic investment stage and have turned our focus to optimizing these ample investments and growing our bottom line, while continuing to improve asset quality.

Growth

Our successful long-term trend in lending and deposit gathering, along with the success of our Wealth Management Group at growing assets under administration, has been the result of a focused strategy that provides the service, responsiveness and careful execution in a consolidating marketplace. We plan to continue to grow by:

 

   

Developing talented, service-minded Associates. We have successfully recruited Associates with strong ties to, and the passion to serve, their communities to enhance our service in existing markets and provide a strong start in new communities. We also focus efforts on developing talent and leadership from our current Associate base to better equip those Associates for their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS.

 

   

Embracing the Human Sigma concept. We are committed to building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy as a way to differentiate ourselves and grow our franchise.

 

   

Development of new products through innovation and utilization of new technologies.

 

   

Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by:

 

   

Offering local decision making by seasoned banking professionals.

 

   

Executing of our community banking model that combines Stellar Service with the banking products and services our business customers’ demand.

 

   

Adding seasoned lending professionals that have helped us win customers in our Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania markets.

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Aggressively growing deposits. We have energized our retail branch strategy by combining Stellar Service with an expanded and updated branch network. We plan to continue to grow by:

 

   

Offering products through an expanded and updated branch network.

 

   

Providing a Stellar Service experience to our customers.

 

   

Further expanding our commercial customer relationships with deposit and cash management products.

 

   

Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as targeted marketing programs.

 

   

Selectively opening new branches, including in specific southeastern Pennsylvania locations.

 

   

Seeking strategic acquisitions. Over the next several years we expect our growth will be approximately 80% organic and 20% through acquisition, although each year’s growth will reflect the opportunities available to us at the time.

 

   

Exploring new niche businesses and continuing to expand existing niche businesses such as Cash Connect. We are an organization with an entrepreneurial spirit and are open to the risk/reward proposition that comes with such businesses.

Values

Our values address integrity, service, accountability, transparency, honesty, growth and desire to improve. They are the core of our culture, they make us who we are and we live them every day.

At WSFS we:

 

   

Do the right thing.

 

   

Serve others.

 

   

Are open and candid.

 

   

Grow and improve.

Results

Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value for our stockholders. Since 2007, our commercial loans have grown from $1.6 billion to $2.2 billion, a strong 9% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). Over the same period, customer funding has grown from $1.5 billion to $3.1 billion, a 20% CAGR. More importantly, over the last decade, stockholder value has increased at a far greater rate than our banking peers. An investment of $100 in WSFS stock in 2002 would be worth $128 at December 31, 2012. By comparison, $100 invested in the Nasdaq Bank Index in 2002 would be worth $84 at December 31, 2012.

SUBSIDIARIES

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”) and one unconsolidated affiliate, WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”).

WSFS Bank has two wholly owned subsidiaries, WSFS Investment Group, Inc. and Monarch Entity Services, LLC (“Monarch”). WSFS Investment Group, Inc., markets various third-party investment and insurance products such as single-premium annuities, whole life policies and securities, primarily through our retail banking system and directly to the public. Monarch offers commercial domicile services which include providing employees, directors, sublease of office facilities and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada.

 

6


Table of Contents

Montchanin provides asset management services and has one wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”). Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm servicing high net-worth individuals and institutions with $597 million in assets under management at December 31, 2012.

The Trust is our unconsolidated subsidiary, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities.

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and changes in net interest income due to changes in volume and rate are presented in “Results of Operations” included in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

At December 31, 2012, our total available-for-sale securities portfolio had a fair value of $907.5 million. Our strategy has been to minimize credit risk in our securities portfolio.

The portfolio is comprised of:

 

   

$47.0 million in federal agency debt securities with maturities of five years or less.

 

   

$857.8 million of government sponsored entity (“GSE”) MBS. Of these, $259.4 million are collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and $598.4 million are GSE MBS with 10 to 30 year original final maturities.

 

   

With the exception of two bonds, all bonds purchased are senior class and were rated AAA at purchase.

Our short-term investment portfolio is intended to keep our funds fully employed at a reasonable after-tax return, while maintaining acceptable credit, market and interest-rate risk limits, and providing the appropriate level of liquidity. In addition, our short-term taxable investments provide collateral for various Bank obligations. Our short-term municipal securities provide for a portion of our Community Reinvestment Act “CRA”

 

7


Table of Contents

investment program compliance. The amortized cost of investment securities and short-term investments by category stated in dollar amounts and as a percent of total assets, follow:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets
    Amount     Percent
of
Assets
 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  

Held-to-Maturity:

           

State and political subdivisions

  $ —          —     $ —          —     $ 219       —  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Available-for-Sale:

           

Reverse mortgages (obligation)

    (457     —          (646     —          (686     —     

U.S. government and agencies

    46,726       1.0        38,776       0.9        49,691       1.2  

State and political subdivisions

    3,120       0.1        4,159       0.1        2,879       0.1  

Collaterlized mortgage obligations (1)

    251,848       5.8        323,980       7.6        490,946       12.4  

Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”)

    396,910       9.1        320,019       7.5        89,226       2.3  

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”)

    58,596       1.3        93,305       2.2        43,970       1.1  

Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”)

    129,288       3.0        60,991       1.4        65,849       1.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    886,031       20.3        840,584       19.7        741,875       18.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading:

           

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    12,590       0.3        12,432       0.3        12,183       0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

           

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

    631       —          9       —          254       —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 899,252       20.6   $ 853,025       20.0   $ 754,312       19.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes GSE CMOs available-for-sale

During 2012, $770.0 million of investment securities classified as available-for-sale were sold for a net gain on sale of $21.3 million. A portion of these sales were the result of the completion of the Asset Strategies undertaken during the second quarter and were mainly due to maintaining the capital and earnings neutrality of these efforts. In 2011, $335.9 million of investment securities classified as available-for-sale were sold for a net gain on sale of $4.9 million. In 2010, proceeds from the sale of investment securities totaled $154.7 million with a net gain on sale of $782,000. In 2012, investment securities totaling $475,000 were called by their issuers, all of which were obligations of state and political subdivisions. Investment securities totaling $719,000 were called by their issuers in 2011 and investment securities totaling $720,000 were called by their issuers in 2010, and, again, were all obligations of state and political subdivisions. The cost basis for each investment security sale was based on the specific identification method. At December 31, 2012, MBS with a fair value of $440.0 million were pledged as collateral, mainly for retail customer repurchase agreements and municipal deposits.

 

8


Table of Contents

The following table shows the terms to maturity and related weighted average yields of investment securities and short-term investments at December 31, 2012. Substantially all of the related interest and dividends represent taxable income.

 

     At December 31, 2012  
     Amount     Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Available-for-Sale:

    

Reverse Mortgages (2):

    

Within one year

   $ (457     N/A   
  

 

 

   

State and political subdivisions (3):

    

Within one year

     435       4.20

After one but within five years

     695       4.30  

After five but within ten years

     1,990       2.11  
  

 

 

   
     3,120       2.89  
  

 

 

   

U.S. Government and agencies:

    

Within one year

     18,566       0.96  

After one but within five years

     28,160       0.63  
  

 

 

   
     46,726       0.76  
  

 

 

   

MBS:

    

After five but within ten years

     319,113       2.15  

Over ten years

     517,529       2.01  
  

 

 

   
     836,642       2.21  
  

 

 

   

Total debt securities, available-for-sale

     886,031       1.95  
  

 

 

   

Trading:

    

Over ten years

     12,590       3.10  
  

 

 

   

Total debt securities

     898,621       2.08  
  

 

 

   

Short-term investments:

    

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     631       0.17  
  

 

 

   

Total debt securities and short-term investments

   $ 899,252       2.08
  

 

 

   

 

(1) Reverse mortgages have been excluded from weighted average yield calculations because income can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period due to the volatility of factors used to value the portfolio.
(2) Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities. We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year.
(3) Yields on obligations of state and political subdivisions are not calculated on a tax-equivalent basis since the effect would be immaterial.

CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES

Over the past several years we have focused on growing the more profitable segments of our loan portfolio. Our current lending activity is concentrated on lending to small- to mid-sized businesses in the mid-Atlantic region of the United States, primarily in Delaware, contiguous counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey and Virginia. Since 2008, our commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans have increased by $532.2 million, or 56%. Our C&I loans, including owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, accounted for

 

9


Table of Contents

approximately 54% of our loan portfolio in 2012 compared to 39% in 2008. Based on current market conditions, we expect our focus on growing C&I loans to continue into 2013 and beyond.

The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years.

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  

Types of Loans

                   

Commercial real estate:

                   

Commercial mortgage

  $ 631,365       23.2   $ 626,739       23.1   $ 625,379       24.2   $ 524,380       21.2   $ 558,979       22.9

Construction

    133,375       4.9       106,268       3.9       140,832       5.5       231,625       9.3       251,508       10.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

    764,740       28.1       733,007       27.0       766,211       29.7       756,005       30.5       810,487       33.2  

Commercial

    704,491       25.9       1,460,812       53.9       1,239,102       48.1       1,120,807       45.2       942,920       38.6  

Commercial — owner occupied (1)

    770,581       28.3       —           —           —          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

    2,239,812       82.3       2,193,819       80.9       2,005,313       77.8       1,876,812       75.7       1,753,407       71.8  

Consumer loans:

                   

Residential real estate

    243,627       8.9       274,105       10.5       308,857       12.6       348,873       14.4       422,743       17.4  

Consumer

    289,001       10.6       290,979       10.7       309,722       12.0       300,648       12.1       296,728       12.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

    532,628       19.5       565,084       21.2       618,579       24.6       649,521       26.5       719,471       29.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans

  $ 2,772,440       101.8     $ 2,758,903       102.1     $ 2,623,892       102.4     $ 2,526,333       102.2     $ 2,472,878       101.3  

Less:

                   

Deferred fees (unearned income)

    4,602       0.2       3,234       0.1       2,185       0.1       2,098       0.1       129       —    

Allowance for loan losses

    43,922       1.6       53,080       2.0       60,339       2.3       53,446       2.1       31,189       1.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans (2)

  $ 2,723,916       100.0   $ 2,702,589       100.0   $ 2,561,368       100.0   $ 2,470,789       100.0   $ 2,441,560       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to 2012 owner occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances.
(2) Excludes $12,758, $10,185, $14,522, $8,366 and $2,275 of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The following table shows the remaining time until our loans mature. The first table details the total loan portfolio by type of loan. The second table details the total loan portfolio by those with fixed interest rates and those with adjustable interest rates. The tables show loans by remaining contractual maturity. Loans may be pre-paid, so the actual maturity may be earlier than the contractual maturity. Prepayments tend to be highly dependent upon the interest rate environment. Loans having no stated maturity or repayment schedule are reported in the Less than One Year category.

 

     Less than
One Year
     One to
Five  Years
     Over
Five Years
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 135,032      $ 351,075      $ 145,258      $ 631,365  

Construction loans

     52,304        59,377        21,694        133,375  

Commercial loans

     451,351        676,564        347,157        1,475,072  

Residential real estate loans (1)

     15,902        35,412        192,313        243,627  

Consumer loans

     37,220        46,953        204,828        289,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 691,809      $ 1,169,381      $ 911,250      $ 2,772,440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rate sensitivity:

           

Fixed

   $ 117,474      $ 436,722      $ 214,956      $ 769,152  

Adjustable (2)

     574,335        732,659        696,294        2,003,288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross loans

   $ 691,809      $ 1,169,381      $ 911,250      $ 2,772,440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes loans held-for-sale.
(2) Includes hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages.

 

10


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate, Construction and Commercial Lending.

Pursuant to section 5(c) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”), federal savings banks are generally permitted to invest up to 400% of their total regulatory capital in nonresidential real estate loans and up to 20% of its assets in commercial loans. As a federal savings bank that was formerly chartered as a Delaware savings bank, we have certain additional lending authority.

Commercial, commercial mortgage and construction lending have higher levels of risk than residential mortgage lending. These loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate market or in the general economy. The majority of our commercial and commercial real estate loans are concentrated in Delaware and nearby areas.

We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and on other commercial real estate. Generally, loan-to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination.

Our commercial mortgage portfolio was $631.4 million at December 31, 2012. This portfolio is generally diversified by property type, with no type representing more than 30% of the portfolio. The largest type is retail-related (shopping centers, malls and other retail) with balances of $189.6 million. The average loan size of a loan in the commercial mortgage portfolio is $756,000 and only 25 loans are greater than $5 million, with two loans greater than $10 million. Management continues to monitor this portfolio closely through this economic cycle.

We offer commercial construction loans to developers. In some cases these loans are made as “construction/permanent” loans, which provides for disbursement of loan funds during construction with automatic conversion to mini-permanent loans (1-5 years) upon completion of construction. These construction loans are made on a short-term basis, usually not exceeding two years, with interest rates indexed to our WSFS prime rate, the “Wall Street” prime rate or London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), in most cases, and are adjusted periodically as these rates change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required for permanent mortgage loans, but also takes into consideration: completed plans, specifications, comparables and cost estimates. Prior to approval of each credit, these criteria are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the subject property when completed. Our policy requires that all appraisals be reviewed independently from our commercial business development staff. At origination, the loan-to-value ratios for construction loans generally do not exceed 75%. The initial interest rate on the permanent portion of the financing is determined by the prevailing market rate at the time of conversion to the permanent loan. At December 31, 2012, $174.1 million was committed for construction loans, of which $133.4 million, or less than 5% of gross loans, was outstanding. Residential construction and land development (“CLD”), one of the hardest-hit sectors through this economic cycle, represented only $54.2 million or 2% of the loan portfolio. Our commercial CLD portfolio was only $28.3 million, or 1% of total loans, and our “land hold” loans, which are land loans not currently being developed, were only $25.4 million, or less than 1% of total loans, at December 31, 2012.

Commercial and industrial and owner occupied commercial loans make up the remainder of our commercial portfolio and include loans for working capital, financing equipment and real estate acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. These loans generally range in amounts of up to $25 million (with a few loans higher) with an average balance in the portfolio of $354,000 and terms ranging from less than one year to seven years. The loans generally carry variable interest rates indexed to our WSFS prime rate, national prime rate or LIBOR, at the time of closing.

As of December 31, 2012, our commercial and industrial and owner occupied commercial loan portfolios were $1.5 billion and represented 53% of our total loan portfolio. These loans are diversified by industry, with no industry representing more than 10% of the portfolio. There has been some weakness in this portfolio, primarily from smaller credits with most of these loans well below $1 million. This weakness was mainly in the small business sector which has been affected by the prolonged economic downturn.

 

11


Table of Contents

Federal law limits the extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of our unimpaired capital (approximately $70.7 million), or 25% if the difference is secured by collateral having a market value that can be determined by reliable and continually available pricing. Extensions of credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual commitments to advance funds, such as standby letters of credit, but do not include unfunded loan commitments. At December 31, 2012, no borrower had collective outstandings exceeding these legal lending limits. Only seven commercial relationships, when all loans related to the relationship are combined, reach outstanding balances in excess of $25.0 million.

Residential Real Estate Lending.

Generally, we originate residential first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% and require private mortgage insurance for up to 35% of the mortgage amount for mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80%. We do not have any significant concentrations of such insurance with any one insurer. On a very limited basis, we originate or purchase loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% without a private mortgage insurance requirement. At December 31, 2012, the balance of all such loans was approximately $2.5 million.

Generally, our residential mortgage loans are underwritten and documented in accordance with standard underwriting criteria published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and other secondary market participants to assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market. Typically, we sell only those loans originated specifically with the intention to sell on a “flow” basis.

To protect the propriety of our liens, we require title insurance be obtained. We also require fire, extended coverage casualty and flood insurance (where applicable) for properties securing residential loans. All properties securing our residential loans are appraised by independent, licensed and certified appraisers and are subject to review in accordance with our standards.

The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly after an initial period. Typically, the change in rate is limited to two percentage points at each adjustment date. Adjustments are generally based upon a margin (currently 2.75% for U.S. Treasury index; 2.50% for LIBOR index) over the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Federal Reserve Board.

Usually, the maximum rate on these loans is six percent above the initial interest rate. We underwrite adjustable-rate loans under standards consistent with private mortgage insurance and secondary market underwriting criteria. We do not originate adjustable-rate mortgages with payment limitations that could produce negative amortization.

The adjustable-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio help mitigate our risk to changes in interest rates. However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of re-pricing adjustable-rate mortgage loans. It is possible that during periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the borrower. Further, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans allow us to increase the sensitivity of our asset base to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustment limitations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that yields on our adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to our cost of funds during periods of extreme interest rate increases.

The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because borrowers may refinance or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a substantially shorter period of time. First mortgage loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses. This provision gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. We enforce due-on-sale clauses through foreclosure and other legal proceedings to the extent available under applicable laws.

 

12


Table of Contents

In general, loans are sold without recourse except for the repurchase right arising from standard contract provisions covering violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a default by the borrower on the first payment. We also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor contracts in the event a borrower prepays a loan in total within a specified period after sale, typically one year. The recourse is limited to a pro rata portion of the premium paid by the investor for that loan, less any prepayment penalty collectible from the borrower. We had no repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

We have a limited amount of loans originated as subprime loans, $8.9 million, at December 31, 2012 (less than 0.5% of total loans) and no negative amortizing loans or interest-only first mortgage loans.

Consumer Lending.

Our primary consumer credit products (excluding 1st mortgage loans) are home equity lines of credit and equity-secured installment loans. At December 31, 2012, home equity lines of credit outstanding totaled $195.9 million and equity-secured installment loans totaled $59.1 million. In total, these product lines represent 88.2% of total consumer loans. Some home equity products grant a borrower credit availability of up to 100% of the appraised value (net of any senior mortgages) of their residence. Maximum loan to value (“LTV”) limits are 80% for primary residences and 75% for all other properties. At December 31, 2012, we had total commitments to extend $342.7 million in home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit offer customers potential Federal income tax advantages, the convenience of checkbook access, revolving credit features for a portion of the loan’s life and are typically more attractive in the current low interest rate environment. Home equity lines of credit expose us to the risk that falling collateral values may leave us inadequately secured. The risk on products like home equity loans is mitigated as they amortize over time.

Prior to 2009, we had not observed any significant adverse experience on home equity lines of credit or equity-secured installment loans but delinquencies and net charge-offs on these products have increased over the past few years, mainly as a result of the deteriorating economy, job losses and declining home values.

The following table shows our consumer loans at year-end, for the last five years.

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    Amount     Percent of
Total
Consumer
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Total
Consumer
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Total
Consumer
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Total
Consumer
Loans
    Amount     Percent of
Total
Consumer
Loans
 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  

Equity secured installment loans

  $ 59,091       20.4   $ 74,721       25.7   $ 82,188       26.5   $ 102,727       34.2   $ 131,550       44.3

Home equity lines of credit

    195,936       67.8       192,917       66.3       205,244       66.3       177,407       59.0       141,678       47.8  

Automobile

    1,450       0.5       1,011       0.3       1,097       0.4       1,135       0.4       1,134       0.4  

Unsecured lines of credit

    9,197       3.2       8,378       2.9       7,758       2.5       7,246       2.4       6,779       2.3  

Other

    23,327       8.1       13,952       4.8       13,435       4.3       12,133       4.0       15,587       5.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

  $ 289,001       100.0   $ 290,979       100.0   $ 309,722       100.0   $ 300,648       100.0   $ 296,728       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales.

We engage in traditional lending activities primarily in Delaware and contiguous areas of neighboring states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout the United States. We have purchased limited amounts of loans from outside our normal lending area when such purchases are deemed appropriate. We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans through our banking offices.

 

13


Table of Contents

During 2012, we originated $208.1 million of residential real estate loans. This compares to originations of $238.8 million in 2011. From time to time, we have purchased whole loans and loan participations in accordance with our ongoing asset and liability management objectives. In 2012 there were no such purchases. During 2011, purchases of residential real estate loans from correspondents and brokers, primarily in the mid-Atlantic region totaled $2.3 million. Residential real estate loan sales totaled $176.1 million in 2012 and $107.4 million in 2011. We sell certain newly originated mortgage loans in the secondary market primarily to control the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet and to manage overall balance sheet mix. We hold certain fixed-rate mortgage loans for investment, consistent with our current asset/liability management strategies.

At December 31, 2012, we serviced approximately $144.0 million of residential mortgage loans for others, compared to $176.1 million at December 31, 2011. We also serviced residential mortgage loans for our own portfolio totaling $243.6 million and $274.1 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We originate commercial real estate and commercial loans through our commercial lending division. Commercial loans are made for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. During 2012, we originated $901.9 million of commercial and commercial real estate loans compared to $897.6 million in 2011. To reduce our exposure on certain types of these loans, and/or to maintain relationships within internal lending limits, at times we will sell a portion of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, typically through loan participations. Commercial real estate loan sales totaled $1.0 million and $4.6 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. These amounts represent gross contract amounts and do not necessarily reflect amounts outstanding on those loans.

Our consumer lending activity is conducted mainly through our branch offices. We originate a variety of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans, unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans.

During 2006, we began to offer government insured reverse mortgages to our customers. Our activity has been limited to acting as a correspondent originator for these loans. During 2012 we originated, and sold, $3.6 million in reverse mortgages compared to $8.8 million during 2011.

All loans to one borrowing relationship exceeding $3.5 million must be approved by the Senior Management Loan Committee (“SLC”). The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors reviews the minutes of the SLC meetings. They also approve individual loans exceeding $5 million for customers with less than one year of significant loan history with the Bank and loans in excess of $7.5 million for customers with established borrowing relationships. Depending upon their experience and management position, individual officers of the Bank have the authority to approve smaller loan amounts. Our credit policy includes a “House Limit” to one borrowing relationship of $25 million. In rare circumstances, we will approve exceptions to the “House Limit” and our policy allows for only ten such relationships. Currently we have seven relationships exceeding this limit. Those seven relationships were approved to exceed the “House Limit” because of a combination of: the relationship contained several loans/borrowers that have no economic relationship (typically real estate investors with amounts diversified across a number of properties); the credit profile was deemed strong; and a long relationship history with the borrower(s).

Fee Income from Lending Activities.

We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and selling loan participations. We also receive fee income for making commitments to originate construction, residential and commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we collect fees related to existing loans which include prepayment charges, late charges, assumption fees and swap fees. In addition, as part of the loan application process, the borrower may pay us for out-of-pocket costs to review the application, whether or not the loan is closed.

Most loan fees are not recognized in our consolidated statements of operations immediately, but are deferred as adjustments to yield in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and are

 

14


Table of Contents

reflected in interest income over the expected life of the loan. Those fees represented interest income of $2.1 million, $1.2 million, and $671,000 during 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Fee income was mainly due to fee accretion on new and existing loans (including the acceleration of the accretion on loans that paid early), loan growth and prepayment penalties. The overall increase in fee income was the result of the growth in certain loan categories during 2012 and 2011.

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES

Our results of operations can be negatively impacted by nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments, assets acquired through foreclosure and restructured loans. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in our opinion, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued, but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest.

We endeavor to manage our portfolio to identify problem loans as promptly as possible and take immediate actions to minimize losses. To accomplish this, our Loan Administration and Risk Management Department monitors the asset quality of our loan and investment in real estate portfolios and reports such information to the Credit Policy Committee, the Audit Committee and Executive Committee of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Controller’s Department.

SOURCES OF FUNDS

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function, Asset/Liability Committee and Investment Committee. Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2012, net loan growth resulted in the use of $110.6 million in cash. The loan growth was primarily due to our continued success increasing corporate and small business lending. We expect this trend to continue. While our loan-to-deposit ratio had been well above 100% for many years, during the past three years we made significant progress in decreasing this ratio through increased deposit growth. As a result of this growth, our loan-to-total customer funding ratio at December 31, 2012 was 87%, exceeding our 2012 strategic goal of 100%. We have significant experience managing our funding needs through both borrowings and deposit growth.

As a financial institution, we have access to several sources of funding. Among these are:

 

   

Deposit growth

 

   

Brokered deposits

 

   

Borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”)

 

   

Federal Reserve Discount Window access

 

   

Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements

 

   

Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments

 

   

Net income

Our recent branch expansion and renovation program has been focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania and attracting new customers in part to provide additional deposit growth. Customer deposit growth (deposits excluding brokered CDs) was strong, equaling $256.8 million, or 9%, during 2012.

 

15


Table of Contents

Deposits

WSFS is the largest independent full-service bank and trust institution headquartered and operating in Delaware. The Bank primarily attracts deposits through its retail branch offices and loan production offices, in Delaware’s New Castle, Sussex and Kent Counties, as well as nearby southeastern Pennsylvania and Annandale, Virginia.

We offer various deposit products to our customers, including savings accounts, demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposits. In addition, we accept “jumbo” certificates of deposit with balances in excess of $100,000 from individuals, businesses and municipalities in Delaware.

The following table shows the maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2012:

 

Maturity Period

   December 31,
2012
 
     (In Thousands)  

Less than 3 months

   $ 119,576  

Over 3 months to 6 months

     45,819  

Over 6 months to 12 months

     63,095  

Over 12 months

     65,747  
  

 

 

 
   $ 294,237  
  

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”), we are able to obtain FHLB advances. Outstanding advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh had rates ranging from 0.17% to 4.45% at December 31, 2012. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. We are required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 4.60% of our borrowings from them, plus 0.35% of our member asset value. As of December 31, 2012, our FHLB stock investment totaled $31.2 million.

At December 31, 2012, we had $376.3 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average rate of 0.57%. During December 2012 we prepaid $125 million in FHLB advances with an average rate of 2.63% and recorded a prepayment penalty of $3.7 million.

We received no dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh during 2011 or 2010. However the FHLB repurchased $1.8 million of its capital stock in both 2011 and 2010. Additionally, in February of 2012 the FHLB of Pittsburgh declared and began to pay a dividend on capital stock. The FHLB also approved additional repurchases of capital stock during the first quarter of 2012. At December 31, 2012, repurchases totaled $4.6 million.

The FHLB of Pittsburgh is rated AA+, has a very high degree of government support and was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2012. Based on these and other factors, we have determined there was no other-than-temporary impairment related to our FHLB stock investment as of December 31, 2012.

Trust Preferred Borrowings

In 2005, the Trust issued $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035.

 

16


Table of Contents

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

During 2012 and 2011, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2012, we had purchased $85.0 million in federal funds at an average rate of 0.27%, compared to $25.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38% at December 31, 2011.

During 2012, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had sold $25.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a fixed rate of 2.98% and a scheduled maturity of January 1, 2015. The underlying securities were MBS with a book value of $41.1 million as of December 31, 2012.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program Debt

In 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system by guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of banks, thrifts and certain holding companies, and by providing full coverage of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts, regardless of dollar amount. In 2009, we completed an offering of $30.0 million of qualifying senior bank notes covered by the TLGP. These borrowings matured and were repaid in February 2012.

Senior Debt

On August 27, 2012, we completed the issuance and sale of $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Senior Debt”) at a price to the public of 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The Senior Debt is an unsecured senior debt obligation and ranks equally with all of our other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. Interest payments on the Senior Debt are due quarterly in arrears on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year, and began on December 1, 2012.

PERSONNEL

As of December 31, 2012, we had 763 full-time equivalent Associates (employees). Our Associates are not represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe our relationship with our Associates is very good, as evidenced by being named a “Top Workplace” by an independent survey of our Associates for the last seven years.

REGULATION

Overview

We are subject to extensive federal and state banking laws, regulations, and policies that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, not for the protection of our other creditors and stockholders. Historically, we and the bank have been examined, supervised and regulated primarily by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Effective July 21, 2011, portions of the OTS were merged into the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the Federal Reserve. The OCC became the Bank’s primary regulator and the Federal Reserve became the Company’s primary regulator.

The statutes enforced by, and regulations and policies of, these agencies affect most aspects of our business, including prescribing permissible types of loans and investments, the amount of required reserves, requirements for branch offices, the permissible scope of our activities and various other requirements.

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent allowed. As an insurer of bank deposits, the FDIC issues regulations, conducts examinations, requires the filing of reports and generally supervises the operations of all institutions to which it provides deposit insurance.

 

17


Table of Contents

Financial Reform Legislation

Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently introduced in Congress, in the state legislatures and before the various bank regulatory agencies.

In 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act imposed new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions, including depository institutions. The new law also established an independent federal consumer protection bureau within the Federal Reserve. The following discussion summarizes significant aspects of the new law that may affect us. Certain significant implementing regulations have not been finalized and therefore we cannot yet determine the full impact on our business and operations.

The following aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are related to the operations of our Bank:

 

   

The OTS was merged into the OCC and the Federal Reserve and the federal savings association charter has been preserved under OCC jurisdiction.

 

   

An independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has been established within the Federal Reserve, empowered to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to both new and existing consumer financial protection laws. Depository institutions of less than $10 billion in total assets, like our Bank, are subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws.

 

   

Tier 1 capital treatment for “hybrid” capital items like trust preferred securities is eliminated, subject to various grandfathering and transition rules. Our trust preferred securities are grandfathered under this legislation.

 

   

The prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits has been repealed.

 

   

State law is preempted only if it would have a discriminatory effect on a federal savings association or is preempted by any other federal law. The OCC must make a preemption determination on a case-by-case basis with respect to a particular state law or other state law with substantively equivalent terms.

 

   

Deposit insurance had been permanently increased to $250,000 and unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts expired on December 31, 2012.

 

   

The deposit insurance assessment base has been changed to equal a depository institution’s total assets minus the sum of its average tangible equity during the assessment period.

 

   

The minimum reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund increased to 1.35% of estimated annual insured deposits or assessment base. However, the FDIC was directed to offset the effect of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.

The following aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are related to the operations of our Company:

 

   

Authority over savings and loan holding companies has been transferred to the Federal Reserve.

 

   

Leverage capital requirements and risk-based capital requirements applicable to depository institutions and bank holding companies have been extended to savings and loan holding companies following a five year grace period.

 

   

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) was amended to direct federal regulators to require depository institution holding companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries.

 

   

The Federal Reserve can require a grandfathered unitary savings and loan holding company that conducts commercial or manufacturing activities or other nonfinancial activities in addition to financial activities to conduct all or part of its financial activities in an intermediate savings and loan holding company.

 

18


Table of Contents
   

Public companies will be required to provide their shareholders with a nonbinding vote (i) at least once every three years on the compensation paid to executive officers, and (ii) at least once every six years on whether they should have a “say on pay” vote every one, two or three years.

 

   

Additional provisions, including some not specifically aimed at savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, nonetheless may have an impact on us.

Some of these provisions have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. We expect that the Dodd-Frank Act will continue to increase our operating and compliance costs. Specific impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities or new financial activities will become evident in the future, and our financial performance and the markets in which we operate will continue to depend on the manner in which the relevant agencies develop and implement the required rules and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act continue to be subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on us, our customers, or the financial industry in general.

Proposed Changes to Regulatory Capital Requirements

In June 2012, the federal banking agencies issued a global series of proposed rules to conform U.S. regulatory capital rules with the international regulatory standards agreed to by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in the accord referred to as “Basel III.” The proposed revisions, if adopted, would establish new higher capital ratio requirements, narrow the definitions of capital, impose new operating restrictions on banking organizations with insufficient capital buffers and increase the risk weighting of certain assets. The proposed new capital requirements would apply to all banks, savings associations, bank holding companies with more than $500 million in assets and all savings and loan holding companies regardless of asset size. It is unclear whether, if, or in what form Basel III will be adopted. A summary of the proposed regulatory changes is described below.

 

   

New and Increased Capital Requirements. The proposed rules would establish a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier I Capital” consisting of common stock and related surplus, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and, subject to certain adjustments, minority common equity interests in subsidiaries. Unlike the current rules which exclude unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities from regulatory capital, the proposed rules would generally require accumulated other comprehensive income to flow through to regulatory capital. Depository institutions and their holding companies would be required to maintain Common Equity Tier I Capital equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets by 2015. Additionally, the proposed regulations would increase the required ratio of Tier I Capital to risk-weighted assets from the current 4% to 6% by 2015. Tier I Capital would consist of Common Equity Tier I Capital plus Additional Tier I Capital which would include non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. Neither cumulative preferred stock (other than certain preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury) nor trust preferred securities would qualify as Additional Tier I Capital but could be included in Tier II Capital along with qualifying subordinated debt. The proposed regulations would also require a minimum Tier I leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The minimum required ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets would remain at 8%.

 

   

Capital Buffer Requirement. In addition to increased capital requirements, depository institutions and their holding companies may be required to maintain a capital buffer of at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets over and above the minimum risk-based capital requirements. Institutions that do not maintain the required capital buffer would be subject to progressively more stringent limitations on the percentage of earnings that can be paid out in dividends or used for stock repurchases and on the payment of discretionary bonuses to senior executive management. The capital buffer requirement would be phased in over a four-year period beginning in 2016. The capital buffer requirement effectively raises the minimum required risk-based capital ratios to 7% Common Equity Tier I Capital, 8.5% Tier I Capital and 10.5% Total Capital on a fully phased-in basis.

 

19


Table of Contents
   

Changes to Prompt Corrective Action Capital Categories. The Prompt Corrective Action rules would be amended to incorporate a Common Equity Tier I Capital requirement and to raise the capital requirements for certain capital categories. In order to be adequately capitalized for purposes of the prompt corrective action rules, a banking organization would be required to have at least an 8% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 6% Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 4.5% Common Equity Tier I Risk Based Capital Ratio and a 4% Tier I Leverage Ratio. To be well capitalized, a banking organization would be required to have at least a 10% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio, an 8% Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio, a 6.5% Common Equity Tier I Risk-Based Capital Ratio and a 5% Tier I Leverage Ratio.

 

   

Additional Deductions from Capital. Banking organizations would be required to deduct goodwill and certain other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, from Common Equity Tier I Capital. Deferred tax assets arising from temporary timing differences that could not be realized through net operating loss (“NOL”) carrybacks would continue to be deducted but deferred tax assets that could be realized through NOL carrybacks would not be deducted but would be subject to 100% risk weighting. Defined benefit pension fund assets, net of any associated deferred tax liability, would be deducted from Common Equity Tier I Capital unless the banking organization has unrestricted and unfettered access to such assets. Reciprocal cross-holdings of capital instruments in any other financial institutions would now be deducted from capital, not just holdings in other depository institutions. For this purpose, financial institutions are broadly defined to include securities and commodities firms, hedge and private equity funds and non-depository lenders. Banking organizations would also be required to deduct non-significant investments (less than 10% of outstanding stock) in other financial institutions to the extent these exceed 10% of Common Equity Tier I Capital subject to a 15% of Common Equity Tier I Capital cap. Greater than 10% investments must be deducted if they exceed 10% of Common Equity Tier I Capital. If the aggregate amount of certain items excluded from capital deduction due to a 10% threshold exceeds 17.65% of Common Equity Tier I Capital, the excess must be deducted.

 

   

Changes in Risk-Weightings. The proposed rules would apply a 250% risk-weighting to mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets that cannot be realized through NOL carrybacks and significant (greater than 10%) investments in other financial institutions. The proposal would also change the risk-weighting for residential mortgages and would create a new 150% risk-weighting category for “high volatility commercial real estate loans” which are credit facilities for the acquisition, construction or development of real property other than one- to four-family residential properties or commercial real projects where: (i) the loan-to-value ratio is not in excess of interagency real estate lending standards; and (ii) the borrower has contributed capital equal to not less than 15% of the real estate’s “as completed” value before the loan was made.

Regulation of the Company

General. We are a registered savings and loan holding company and historically have been subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the OTS. As result of the Dodd-Frank Act, effective July 21, 2011, all of the regulatory functions related to us, as a savings and loan holding company that had been under the jurisdiction of the OTS, transferred to the Federal Reserve.

We are also a public company subject to the reporting requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The filings we make with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available on the investor relations page of our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The SEC has promulgated regulations pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”). The passage of the Act and the regulations implemented by the SEC subject publicly-traded companies to additional and more cumbersome reporting regulations and disclosure. Compliance with the Act and corresponding regulations has increased our expenses.

 

20


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Acquisitions. Federal law generally prohibits a savings and loan holding company, without prior regulatory approval, from acquiring control of all, or substantially all, of the assets of any other savings institution or savings and loan holding company, or all, or substantially all, of the assets or more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings institution or savings and loan holding company. These provisions also prohibit, among other things, any director or officer of a savings and loan holding company, or any individual who owns or controls more than 25% of the voting shares of such holding company, from acquiring control of any savings institution not a subsidiary of such savings and loan holding company, unless the acquisition is approved by the Federal Reserve.

The Federal Reserve may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (1) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and (2) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions. The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Savings and loan holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in activities that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute violations of laws or regulations. For example, the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. As another example, a holding company could not impair its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believed it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve Board can assess civil money penalties for activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1,000,000 for each day the activity continues.

Source of Strength. In accordance with FDOA, we are expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. Under this policy, the holding company is expected to commit resources to support its bank subsidiary, including at times when the holding company may not be in a financial position to provide it.

The Dodd-Frank Act has added additional guidance regarding the source of strength doctrine and has directed the regulatory agencies to promulgate regulations to increase the capital requirements for holding companies to a level that matches those of banking institutions.

Dividends. The principal source of the holding company’s cash is from dividends from the Bank. Our earnings and activities are affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations. For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the holding company and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiary. Consistent with such policy, a banking organization should have comprehensive policies on dividend payments that clearly articulate the organization’s objectives and approaches for maintaining a strong capital position and achieving the objectives of the Federal Reserve Board’s policy statement.

In 2009, the Federal Reserve Board issued a supervisory letter providing greater clarity to its policy statement on the payment of dividends by holding companies. In this letter, the Federal Reserve Board stated that

 

21


Table of Contents

when a holding company’s board of directors is deciding on the level of dividends to declare, it should consider, among other things, the following factors: (i) overall asset quality, potential need to increase reserves and write down assets, and concentrations of credit; (ii) potential for unanticipated losses and declines in asset values; (iii) implicit and explicit liquidity and credit commitments, including off-balance sheet and contingent liabilities; (iv) quality and level of current and prospective earnings, including earnings capacity under a number of plausible economic scenarios; (v) current and prospective cash flow and liquidity; (vi) ability to serve as an ongoing source of financial and managerial strength to depository institution subsidiaries insured by the FDIC, including the extent of double leverage and the condition of subsidiary depository institutions; (vii) other risks that affect the holding company’s financial condition and are not fully captured in regulatory capital calculations; (viii) level, composition, and quality of capital; and (ix) ability to raise additional equity capital in prevailing market and economic conditions (the “Dividend Factors”). It is particularly important for a holding company’s board of directors to ensure that the dividend level is prudent relative to the organization’s financial position and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios. In addition, a holding company’s board of directors should strongly consider, after careful analysis of the Dividend Factors, reducing, deferring, or eliminating dividends when the quantity and quality of the holding company’s earnings have declined or the holding company is experiencing other financial problems, or when the macroeconomic outlook for the holding company’s primary profit centers has deteriorated. The Federal Reserve Board further stated that, as a general matter, a holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its distributions if: (i) its net income is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Failure to do so could result in a supervisory finding that the holding company is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner.

Additionally, as discussed above, the Federal Reserve Board possesses enforcement powers over savings and loan holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices, or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by bank and savings and loan holding companies.

Regulation of WSFS Bank

General. As a federally chartered savings institution, historically, the Bank was subject to regulation by the OTS. On July 21, 2010, regulation of the Bank shifted to OCC. The lending activities and other investments of the Bank must comply with various federal regulatory requirements. The OCC periodically examines the Bank for compliance with regulatory requirements. The FDIC also has the authority to conduct special examinations of the Bank. The Bank must file reports with the OCC describing its activities and financial condition. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.

Transactions with Affiliates; Tying Arrangements. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions in its dealings with us and our affiliates. Transactions between savings associations and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, with additional limitations found in Section 11 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act. An affiliate of a savings association, generally, is any company or entity which controls or is under common control with the savings association or any subsidiary of the savings association that is commonly controlled by an affiliate or a bank or savings association. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a savings association (such as “the Company”) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings association. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the savings institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate of all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar types of transactions. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, no savings association may (i) lend or otherwise extend credit to an affiliate

 

22


Table of Contents

that engages in any activity impermissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchase or invest in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for affiliates which are subsidiaries of the savings association. The Home Owners’ Loan Act also prohibits the Bank or its subsidiaries from purchasing shares of an affiliate that is not a subsidiary or extending credit to an affiliate engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies.

Regulatory Capital Requirements. Under capital regulations, savings institutions must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” or “core” capital equal to 4% of adjusted total assets, and “total” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, regulations impose certain restrictions on savings associations that have a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4.0% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets of less than 4.0%. For purposes of these regulations, Tier 1 capital has the same definition as core capital.

The capital rule defines Tier 1 or core capital as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries, certain non-withdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual institutions and “qualifying supervisory goodwill,” less intangible assets other than certain supervisory goodwill and, subject to certain limitations, mortgage and non-mortgage servicing rights, purchased credit card relationships and credit-enhancing interest only strips. Tangible capital is given the same definition as core capital but does not include qualifying supervisory goodwill and is reduced by the amount of all the savings institution’s intangible assets except for limited amounts of mortgage servicing assets. The capital rule requires that core and tangible capital be reduced by an amount equal to a savings institution’s debt and equity investments in “non-includable” subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible to national banks, other than subsidiaries engaged in activities undertaken as agent for customers or in mortgage banking activities and subsidiary depository institutions or their holding companies. At December 31, 2012, the Bank was in compliance with both the core and tangible capital requirements.

The risk weights assigned by the risk-based capital regulation range from 0% for cash and U.S. government securities to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, property acquired through foreclosure, assets more than 90 days past due and other assets. In determining compliance with the risk-based capital requirement, a savings institution may include both core capital and supplementary capital in its total capital, provided the amount of supplementary capital included does not exceed the savings institution’s core capital. Supplementary capital is defined to include certain preferred stock issues, non-withdrawable accounts and pledged deposits that do not qualify as core capital, certain approved subordinated debt, certain other capital instruments, general loan loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Total capital is reduced by the amount of the institution’s reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and all equity investments. At December 31, 2012, the Bank was in compliance with the risk-based capital requirements.

Dividend Restrictions. OCC regulations govern capital distributions by savings institutions, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account of a savings institution to make capital distributions. A savings institution must file an application for OCC approval of the capital distribution if either (1) the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the institution’s net income for that year to date plus the institution’s retained net income for the preceding two years, (2) the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution, (3) the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or OCC-imposed condition, or (4) the institution is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings. If an application is not required to be filed, savings institutions that are a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company (as well as certain other institutions) must still file a notice with the OCC at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.

 

23


Table of Contents

An institution that either before or after a proposed capital distribution fails to meet its then-applicable minimum capital requirement or that has been notified that it needs more than normal supervision may not make any capital distributions without the prior written approval of the OCC. In addition, the OCC may prohibit a proposed capital distribution, which would otherwise be permitted by OCC regulations, if the OCC determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Under federal rules, an insured depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. In addition, federal regulators have the authority to restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends for safety and soundness reasons. The FDIC also prohibits an insured depository institution from paying dividends on its capital stock or interest on its capital notes or debentures (if such interest is required to be paid only out of net profits) or distributing any of its capital assets while it remains in default in the payment of any assessment due the FDIC. Our Bank is currently not in default in any assessment payment to the FDIC.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It also may prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity determined by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the FDIC. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving the OCC an opportunity to take such action.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act was amended to (i) increase the maximum deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000, and (ii) extend the unlimited deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012.

On December 31, 2012, prior to its expiration, all funds in a noninterest-bearing transaction account were insured in full by the FDIC from December 27, 2010, through December 31, 2012. This temporary unlimited coverage was in addition to, and separate from, the coverage of at least $250,000 available to depositors under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules.

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments. In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a mixed-ownership government corporation established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Deposit Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2019.

In 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement changes to its assessment base used to determine risk-based premiums for insured depository institutions as required under the Dodd-Frank Act and also changed the risk-based pricing system necessitated by changes to the assessment base. These changes took effect for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011. Under the revised system, the assessment base was changed to equal average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. Institutions other than large and highly complex institutions are placed in one of four risk categories.

The FDIC assessment rates range from approximately 5 basis points to 35 basis points (depending on applicable adjustments for unsecured debt and brokered deposits) until such time as the FDIC’s reserve ratio equals 1.15%. Once the FDIC’s reserve ratio reaches 1.15% and the reserve ratio for the immediately prior assessment period is less than 2.0%, the applicable assessment rates may range from 3 basis points to 30 basis points (subject to applicable adjustments for unsecured debt and brokered deposits). If the prior assessment period is equal to or greater than 2.0% and less than 2.5%, the assessment rates may range from 2 basis points to 28 basis points and if the prior assessment period is greater than 2.5%, the assessment rates may range from 1 basis point to 25 basis points.

Future changes in insurance premiums could have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations and we cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

 

24


Table of Contents

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including us, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. Management is not aware of any existing circumstances that would result in termination of our deposit insurance.

Federal Reserve System. Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, a savings institution must maintain reserves against their transaction accounts. As of December 31, 2012, no reserves were required to be maintained on the first $12.4 million of transaction accounts, reserves of 3% were required to be maintained against the next $67.1 million of transaction accounts and a reserve of 10% against all remaining transaction accounts. This percentage is subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement may reduce the amount of an institution’s interest-earning assets.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risks, in addition to the other information in this report, before deciding to invest in our securities.

Risks Related to WSFS

The prolonged deep recession, difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected our industry and our business and may continue to do so.

We are particularly exposed to downturns in the Delaware, mid-Atlantic and overall U.S. economy and housing markets. Continued declines in the housing market combined with a weak economy and elevated unemployment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage, construction and other loans and have resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans have declined and may continue to decline. General flat to downward economic trends, reduced availability of commercial credit and increasing unemployment have negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit, resulting in additional write-downs. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and debt service capability. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

   

There could be an increase in the number of borrowers unable to repay their loans in accordance with the original terms.

 

   

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions.

 

   

We may experience increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to funds.

Our nonperforming assets and problem loans are at an elevated level. Significant increases from the current level, or greater than anticipated costs to resolve these credits, will have an adverse effect on our earnings.

Our nonperforming assets (which consist of nonaccrual loans, assets acquired through foreclosure and troubled debt restructurings), totaled $62.5 million at December 31, 2012, which is a decrease of $29.2 million, or 32%, from the $91.7 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011, primarily the result of the asset sales we executed in the second quarter of 2012. Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans and assets acquired through foreclosure. We

 

25


Table of Contents

must establish an allowance for loan losses which reserves for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable. From time to time, we also write down the value of properties in our portfolio of assets acquired through foreclosure to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to assets acquired through foreclosure. The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract management from its overall supervision of operations and other income producing activities. Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance for loan losses accordingly, which will have an adverse effect on our earnings.

Concentration of loans in our primary market area, which has recently experienced an economic downturn, may increase risk.

Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in the State of Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and northern Virginia, as a large portion of our loans are to customers in this market. Accordingly, the local economic conditions in these markets have a significant impact on the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as our ability to originate new loans. As such, a continuation of the decline in real estate valuations in these markets would lower the value of the collateral securing those loans. In addition, weakening in general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could negatively affect demand for loans, the performance of our borrowers and our financial results.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income.

Our loan portfolio includes a substantial amount of commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loans. The credit risk related to these types of loans is greater than the risk related to residential loans.

Our commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction and land development loans, totaled $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012, comprising 82% of net loans. Commercial and industrial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of risk of nonpayment or late payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Any significant failure to pay or late payments by our customers would hurt our earnings. The increased credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the size of loan balances, and the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing properties. A significant portion of our commercial real estate, construction and land development and commercial and industrial loan portfolios includes a balloon payment feature. A number of factors may affect a borrower’s ability to make or refinance a balloon payment, including the financial condition of the borrower, the prevailing local economic conditions and the prevailing interest rate environment.

Furthermore, commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties are dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. If the operating company suffers difficulties in terms of sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by properties where repayment is dependent upon payment of rent by third party tenants or the sale of the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit.

 

26


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive regulation which could have an adverse effect on our operations.

The banking industry is extensively regulated and supervised under both federal and state laws and regulations that are intended primarily to protect depositors, the public, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, and the banking system as a whole, not our noteholders or shareholders. Historically, we had been subject to the regulation and supervision of the Office of Thrift Supervision, referred to as the OTS. The Federal Reserve became the primary federal regulator for the Company and the OCC, became the Bank’s primary regulator effective July 21, 2011. The banking laws, regulations and policies applicable to us govern matters ranging from the regulation of certain debt obligations, changes in the control of us and the maintenance of adequate capital to the general business operations conducted by us, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount of reserves held against deposits, restrictions on dividends, establishment of new offices and the maximum interest rate that may be charged by law.

We are subject to changes in federal and state banking statutes, regulations and governmental policies, and the interpretation or implementation of them. Regulations affecting banks and other financial institutions in particular are undergoing continuous review and frequently change and the ultimate effect of such changes cannot be predicted. Since we recently changed regulators, this risk is particularly heightened with us. Regulations and laws may be modified at any time, and new legislation may be enacted that will affect us. Any changes in any federal and state law, as well as regulations and governmental policies could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including ways that may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. In addition, federal and state banking regulators have broad authority to supervise our banking business, including the authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound banking practices or constitute violations of statute, rule, regulation or administrative order. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws, regulations or regulatory policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

Recent legislative and regulatory actions may have a significant adverse effect on our operations. The Dodd-Frank Act has and will continue to result in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions. As a result of this legislation, we face the following changes, among others:

 

   

The OTS has been eliminated and the OCC became our Bank’s primary regulator. The federal thrift charter has been preserved under OCC jurisdiction.

 

   

A new independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) has been established within the Federal Reserve, empowered to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to both new and existing consumer financial protection laws. Smaller financial institutions, like our Bank, will be subject to the supervision and enforcement of their primary federal banking regulator with respect to the federal consumer financial protection laws.

 

   

Tier 1 capital treatment for “hybrid” capital items like trust preferred securities is eliminated, subject to various grandfathering and transition rules. Our trust preferred securities may not remain grandfathered under this legislation.

 

   

Prior federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits have been repealed, thereby generally permitting depository institutions to pay interest on all deposit accounts which could increase our interest expense.

 

   

State law is preempted if it would have a discriminatory effect on a federal savings association or is preempted by any other federal law. The OCC must make a preemption determination on a case-by-case basis with respect to a particular state law or other state law with substantively equivalent terms.

 

   

Deposit insurance has been permanently increased to $250,000.

 

   

Deposit insurance assessment base calculations equal a depository institution’s total assets minus the sum of its average tangible equity during the assessment period.

 

27


Table of Contents
   

The minimum reserve ratio of the deposit insurance fund increased to 1.35% of estimated annual insured deposits or assessment base; however, the FDIC is directed to “offset the effect” of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion.

 

   

Authority over savings and loan holding companies has been transferred to the Federal Reserve.

 

   

Leverage capital requirements and risk-based capital requirements applicable to depository institutions and bank holding companies have been extended to thrift holding companies following a five year grace period.

 

   

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to as the FDIA, was amended to direct federal regulators to require depository institution holding companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries.

 

   

The Federal Reserve can require a grandfathered unitary thrift holding company that conducts commercial or manufacturing activities or other nonfinancial activities in addition to financial activities to conduct all or part of its financial activities in an intermediate savings and loan holding company.

 

   

The SEC is authorized to adopt rules requiring public companies to make their proxy materials available to shareholders for nomination of their own candidates for election to the board.

 

   

Public companies will be required to provide their shareholders with a nonbinding vote (i) at least once every three years on the compensation paid to executive officers, and (ii) at least once every six years on whether they should have a “say on pay” vote every one, two or three years.

 

   

Additional provisions, including some not specifically aimed at thrifts and thrift holding companies, will nonetheless have an impact on us.

 

   

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB recently issued a final rule requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms, or to originate “qualified mortgages” that meet specific requirements with respect to terms, pricing and fees. The new rule also contains new disclosure requirements at mortgage loan origination and in monthly statements. These requirements will likely require significant personnel resources and could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Some of these provisions may have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. Many of these and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rulemaking and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known. We may be forced to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes related to the Dodd-Frank Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects. We cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder will have on our financial performance, the markets in which we operate and the financial industry generally.

In addition to changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, recent proposals published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or the Basel Committee, if adopted, could lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. In July and December 2009, the Basel Committee published proposals relating to enhanced capital requirements for market risk and new capital and liquidity risk requirements for banks. On September 12, 2010, the Basel Committee announced an agreement on additional capital reforms that increases required Tier 1 capital and minimum Tier 1 common equity capital and requires banks to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer during times of economic prosperity. In addition, on June 4, 2012, the Federal Reserve proposed new capital requirements that are consistent with Basel III and, if adopted, could affect our business. If adopted as proposed, the rules will require, among other things, a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions, and

 

28


Table of Contents

establish a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk-weighted assets above the regulatory minimum capital requirement, establishing a minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio plus capital conservation buffer at 7%. In addition, the proposed rules increase the minimum Tier 1 capital requirement from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets. The proposed rules also specify that a bank with a capital conservation buffer of less than 2.5% would potentially face limitations on capital distributions and bonus payments to executives. The proposed rules would require a phase-out over a 10-year period of the inclusion of trust preferred securities as a component of Tier 1 capital beginning in 2013. If the proposed rules are adopted as proposed, it could lead to limitations on the dividend payments to us by the Bank or restrict our ability to grow during favorable market conditions or require us to raise additional capital, including through sales of common stock or other securities that may be dilutive to our shareholders. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects could be adversely affected.

We may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums, special assessments, or taxes that could adversely affect our earnings.

Market developments significantly depleted the Deposit Insurance Fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result, we may be required to pay significantly higher premiums or additional special assessments or taxes that could adversely affect our earnings. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35%. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet this ratio by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on institutions with assets less than $10 billion. The FDIC has not announced how it will implement this offset. In addition to the minimum reserve ratio, the FDIC must set a designated reserve ratio. The FDIC has set a designated reserve ratio of 2.0%, which exceeds the minimum reserve ratio.

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted final regulations under which insurance premiums are based on an institution’s total assets minus its tangible equity instead of its deposits. While our FDIC insurance premiums initially will be reduced by these regulations, it is possible that our future insurance premiums will increase under the final regulations. Any future increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

The repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law in 2010. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if we begin offering interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers. Consequently, our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. Its policies also can adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We are subject to liquidity risk.

Liquidity is essential to our business, as we use cash to fund loans and investments, other interest-earning assets and deposit withdrawals that occur in the ordinary course of our business. Our principal sources of

 

29


Table of Contents

liquidity include customer deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, brokered certificates of deposit, sales of loans, repayments to the Bank from borrowers and paydowns and sales of investment securities. If our ability to obtain funds from these sources becomes limited or the costs to us of those funds increases, whether due to factors that affect us specifically, including our financial performance or the imposition of regulatory restrictions on us, or due to factors that affect the capital markets or other events, including weakening economic conditions or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole, then our ability to meet our obligations or grow our banking business would be adversely affected and our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.

The market value of our investment securities portfolio may be impacted by the level of interest rates and the credit quality and strength of the underlying collateral.

As of December 31, 2012, we owned investment securities classified as available-for-sale with an aggregate historical cost of $886.0 million and an estimated fair value of $907.5 million. Future changes in interest rates may reduce the market value of these and other securities.

Our net interest income varies as a result of changes in interest rates as well as changes in interest rates across the yield curve. When interest rates are low, borrowers have an incentive to refinance into mortgages with longer initial fixed rate periods and fixed rate mortgages, causing our securities to experience faster prepayments. Increases in prepayments on our portfolio will cause our premium amortization to accelerate, lowering the yield on such assets. If this happens, we could experience a decrease in interest income, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial position.

In addition, our securities portfolio is subject to risk as a result of credit quality and the strength of the underlying issuers or their related collateral. Any decrease in the value of the underlying collateral will likely decrease the overall value of our securities, affecting equity and possibly impacting earnings.

Changes in interest rates and other factors beyond our control could have an adverse impact on our earnings.

Our operating income and net income depend to a significant extent on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits and other liabilities. The net interest margin is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve.

We attempt to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing, and balances of the different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. As a result, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operations. The results of our interest rate sensitivity simulation models depend upon a number of assumptions which may prove to be not accurate. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage our interest rate risk. Increases in market rates and adverse changes in the local residential real estate market, the general economy or consumer confidence would likely have a significant adverse impact on our non-interest income, as a result of reduced demand for residential mortgage loans that we pre-sell.

Our Cash Connect Division relies on multiple financial and operational controls to track and settle the cash it provides to its customers in the ATM industry.

The profitability of Cash Connect is reliant upon its ability to accurately and efficiently distribute, track, and settle large amounts of cash to its customers’ ATMs. This depends on the successful implementation and

 

30


Table of Contents

monitoring of a comprehensive series of financial and operational controls. These controls are designed to help prevent, detect, and recover any potential loss of funds. These controls require the implementation and maintenance of complex proprietary software, the ability to track and monitor an extensive network of armored car companies, and to settle large amounts of electronic funds transfer, or EFT, funds from various ATM networks. It is possible for those associated with armored car companies, ATM networks and processors, ATM operators, or other parties to misappropriate funds belonging to Cash Connect. Cash Connect has experienced such occurrences in the past. It is possible Cash Connect would not have established proper policies, controls or insurance and, as a result, any misappropriation of funds could result in an adverse impact to our earnings.

Our recent business strategy included significant investment in growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth and investment in branch infrastructure effectively.

We have pursued a significant growth strategy for our business. Our growth initiatives have required us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure to retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, as we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risk related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets.

The weak economy, low demand and competition for credit may impact our ability to successfully execute our growth plan. It could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. While we believe we have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.

We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we expect to engage in selected acquisitions or other business growth initiatives or undertakings. We may not successfully identify appropriate opportunities, may not be able to negotiate or finance such activities and such activities, if undertaken, may not be successful.

Our Trust and Wealth division derives the majority of its revenue from noninterest income which consists of trust, investment and other servicing fees. This business unit is subject to a number of risks which could impact its earnings or our capital, including operational, compliance, reputational, fiduciary, business and strategic risks.

Our Trust and Wealth division derives the majority of its revenue from noninterest income which consists of trust, investment and other servicing fees. It faces a number of risks. Operational or compliance risk entails inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or changes driven by external events. Success in this business segment is highly dependent on reputation. Damage to the division’s or our reputation from negative opinion in the marketplace could adversely impact both revenue and net income. Such results could also be affected by the adverse effects of business decisions made by management or the board, improper implementation of business decisions by management or unexpected external events. Unforeseen or unrecognized developments in the marketplace in which it operates could also negatively affect results.

This business segment is also subject to many other risks and uncertainties including:

 

   

The health of the national and global economies, soundness of financial institutions and other counterparties with which the division conducts business, changes in trading volumes or in the financial markets in general, including the debt and equity markets or in client portfolios whose values directly impact revenue, the effect of governmental actions on the division, its competitors and counterparties and financial markets such as changes in the regulatory environment and changes in tax laws, accounting requirements or interpretations that affect the division or its clients.

 

31


Table of Contents
   

Changes in the nature and activities of division’s competition, success in maintaining existing business, success generating new business, identifying and penetrating targeted markets, complying with legal, tax and regulatory requirements, maintaining a business mix with acceptable margins, the continuing ability to generate investment results that satisfy its clients and attract prospective clients, success in recruiting and retaining the necessary personnel to support business growth and maintain sufficient expertise to support complex products and services and management’s ability to effectively address risk management practices and controls, address operating risks including human errors or omissions, pricing or valuation of securities, fraud, system performance, systems interruptions or breakdowns in processes or internal controls, and success in controlling expenses all may have negative impact on operating results.

Impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets could require charges to earnings, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

Goodwill and other intangible assets arise when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value of its identifiable assets. We have recognized goodwill as an asset on the balance sheet in connection with several recent acquisitions. At December 31, 2012, we had $33.3 million of goodwill and intangible assets. We evaluate goodwill and intangibles for impairment at least annually by comparing fair value to carrying amount. Although we have determined that goodwill and other intangible assets were not impaired during 2012, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of the goodwill or intangible assets is necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be materially adverse to our results of operations and financial position.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Such events may materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We may elect or need to seek additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when needed.

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In the future, we may elect to or need to raise additional capital. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital if needed on acceptable terms, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to expand our operations through internal growth could be materially impaired.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

From time to time, and particularly in light of the recent economic downturn, and the negative sentiment towards banks, we have and may become party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. Management evaluates these claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimates, if possible, the amount of potential losses. We may establish a reserve, as appropriate, based upon our assessments and estimates in accordance with accounting policies. We base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the information available to us at the time and rely on the judgment of our management with respect to those assessments, estimates and disclosures. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from assessments and estimates, which could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

System failure or cybersecurity breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other potential losses.

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen hardware and cybersecurity issues. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect the computer systems and network infrastructure utilized by us, including our Internet banking activities, against damage from physical break-ins, cybersecurity breaches and other disruptive problems caused by the Internet or other users. Such computer break-ins and other disruptions would jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us, damage to our reputation and discourage current and potential customers from using our Internet banking services. Each year, we add additional security measures to our computer systems and network infrastructure to mitigate the possibility of cybersecurity breaches including firewalls and penetration testing. We continue to investigate cost effective measures as well as insurance protection though these mitigation activities may not prevent future potential losses from system failures or cybersecurity breaches.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

33


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table sets forth the location and certain additional information regarding our offices and other material properties as of December 31, 2012:

 

Location

   Owned/
Leased
     Date Lease
Expires
     Net Book Value
of Property or
Leasehold
Improvements (1)
     Deposits  
                   (In Thousands)  

WSFS Bank Center Branch

     Leased         2025      $ 614       $ 900,100   

Main Office

           

500 Delaware Avenue

           

Wilmington, DE 19801

           

Union Street Branch

     Leased         2013        395        52,437  

211 North Union Street

           

Wilmington, DE 19805

           

Fairfax Shopping Center

     Leased         2048        1,057        85,505  

2005 Concord Pike

           

Wilmington, DE 19803

           

Prices Corner Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2023        395        93,137  

3202 Kirkwood Highway

           

Wilmington, DE 19808

           

Pike Creek Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2015        304        117,809  

4730 Limestone Road

           

Wilmington, DE 19808

           

University Plaza Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2041        999        58,268  

100 University Plaza

           

Newark, DE 19702

           

College Square Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2026        217        107,841  

115 College Square Drive

           

Newark, DE 19711

           

Airport Plaza Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2013        450        83,083  

144 N. DuPont Hwy.

           

New Castle, DE 19720

           

Stanton Branch

     Leased         2016        20        37,533  

Inside ShopRite

           

1600 W. Newport Pike

           

Wilmington, DE 19804

           

Glasgow Branch

     Leased         2022        23        44,848  

2400 Peoples Plaza

           

Routes 40 & 896

           

Newark, DE 19702

           

Middletown Crossing Shopping Center

     Leased         2027        519        67,869  

400 East Main Street

           

Middletown, DE 19709

           

Dover Branch

     Leased         2060        374         18,423   

Dover Mart Shopping Center

           

290 South DuPont Highway

           

Dover, DE 19901

           

West Dover Loan Office (2)

     Leased         2019        6        N/A   

Greentree Office Center

           

160 Greentree Drive

           

Suite 103 & 105

           

Dover, DE 19904

           

 

34


Table of Contents

Location

   Owned/
Leased
     Date Lease
Expires
     Net Book Value
of Property or
Leasehold
Improvements (1)
     Deposits  
                   (In Thousands)  

Glen Mills Branch

     Leased         2040      $ 1,430      $ 20,273  

395 Wilmington-West Chester Pike

           

Glen Mills, PA 19342

           

Brandywine Branch

     Leased         2014        8        34,860  

Inside Safeway Market

           

2522 Foulk Road

           

Wilmington, DE 19810

           

Operations Center (3)

     Owned            N/A         N/A   

2400 Philadelphia Pike

           

Wilmington, DE 19703

           

Longwood Branch

     Leased         2015        63        25,776  

826 East Baltimore Pike

           

Suite 7

           

Kennett Square, PA 19348

           

Holly Oak Branch

     Leased         2015        11        36,927  

Inside Super Fresh

           

2105 Philadelphia Pike

           

Claymont, DE 19703

           

Hockessin Branch

     Leased         2030        463        93,634  

7450 Lancaster Pike

           

Wilmington, DE 19707

           

Lewes LPO

     Leased         2018        43        62,971  

Southpointe Professional Center

           

1515 Savannah Road, Suite 103

           

Lewes, DE 19958

           

Fox Run Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2025        604        83,410  

210 Fox Hunt Drive

           

Route 40 & 72

           

Bear, DE 19701

           

Camden Town Center Branch

     Leased         2049        661         39,999   

4566 S. DuPont Highway

           

Camden, DE 19934

           

Rehoboth Branch

     Leased         2029        639        47,081  

Lighthouse Plaza

           

19335 Coastal Highway

           

Rehoboth, DE 19771

           

West Dover Branch

     Owned            2,019        29,310  

1486 Forest Avenue

           

Dover, DE 19904

           

Longneck Branch

     Leased         2026        934        36,592  

25926 Plaza Drive

           

Millsboro, DE 19966

           

Smyrna Branch

     Leased         2048        967        44,115  

Simon’s Corner Shopping Center

           

400 Jimmy Drive

           

Smyrna, DE 19977

           

Oxford, LPO

     Leased         2017        2        8,624  

59 South Third Street

           

Suite 1

           

Oxford, PA 19363

           

 

35


Table of Contents

Location

   Owned/
Leased
     Date Lease
Expires
     Net Book Value
of Property or
Leasehold
Improvements (1)
     Deposits  
                   (In Thousands)  

Greenville Branch

     Owned          $ 1,863      $ 558,463  

3908 Kennett Pike

           

Greenville, DE 19807

           

WSFS Bank Center (4)

     Leased         2025        2,170        N/A   

500 Delaware Avenue

           

Wilmington, DE 19801

           

Annandale, LPO

     Leased         2017        8        8,225  

7010 Little River Tnpk.

           

Suite 330

           

Annandale, VA 22003

           

Oceanview Branch

     Leased         2024        1,031        36,572  

69 Atlantic Avenue

           

Oceanview, DE 19970

           

Selbyville Branch

     Leased         2013        17        11,034  

38394 DuPont Boulevard

           

Selbyville, DE 19975

           

Lewes Branch

     Leased         2048        245        26,140  

34383 Carpenters Way

           

Lewes, DE 19958

           

Millsboro Branch

     Leased         2029        981        13,542  

26644 Center View Drive

           

Millsboro, DE 19966

           

Concord Square Branch

     Leased         2016        54         29,176   

4401 Concord Pike

           

Wilmington, DE 19803

           

Delaware City Branch

     Owned            46        12,144  

145 Clinton Street

           

Delaware City, DE 19706

           

West Newark Branch

     Leased         2040        1,407        55,724  

201 Suburban Plaza

           

Newark, DE 19711

           

Lantana Shopping Center Branch

     Leased         2050        336        18,933  

6274 Limestone Road

           

Hockessin, DE 19707

           

West Chester Branch

     Leased         2047        75        30,055  

400 East Market Street

           

West Chester, PA 19380

           

Edgmont Branch

     Leased         2040        1,193        12,272  

5000 West Chester Pike

           

Newtown Square, PA 19073

           

Branmar Branch

     Leased         2061        1,088        120,121  

1712 Foulk Road

           

Wilmington, DE 19810

           

Trolley Square

     Leased         2042        259        47,527  

9A Trolley Square

           

Wilmington, DE 19806

           

Milford

     Leased         2015        44        21,747  

688 North DuPont Highway

           

Milford, DE 19963

           

 

36


Table of Contents

Location

   Owned/
Leased
     Date Lease
Expires
     Net Book Value
of Property or
Leasehold
Improvements (1)
     Deposits  
                   (In Thousands)  

Seaford

     Leased         2036      $ 106      $ 5,160  

22820 Sussex Highway

           

Sussex Commons Shopping Center

           

Unit 19

           

Seaford, DE 19963

           

Media

     Leased         2022        128        10,443  

100 East State Street

           

Media, PA 19063

           

Plymouth Meeting

     Leased         2016        20        2,812  

450 Plymouth Road

           

Suite 306

           

Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462

           

Midway Shopping Center

     Leased         2062        2,315         24,448   

4601 Kirkwood Highway

           

Wilmington, DE 19808

           

Cash Connect

     Leased         2021        52        N/A   

White Clay Mill

           

500 Creek View Road

           

Suite 100

           

Newark, DE 19711

           

Operations Center

     Leased         2027        350        N/A   

Silverside — Carr Corporate Center

           

409 Silverside Road

           

Wilmington, DE 19809

           

Cypress Capital Management

     Leased         2013        1        N/A   

1220 Market Street

           

Suite 704

           

Wilmington, DE 19801

           

Greenville Wealth Management Center

     Leased         2032        219        N/A   

3801 Kennett Pike

           

Suite C-200

           

Greenville, DE 19807

           

Las Vegas Wealth Management Center

     Leased         2013        N/A         N/A   

101 Convention Center Drive

           

Suite P109

           

Las Vegas, NV 89109

           
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 27,225       $ 3,274,963   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The net book value of all investments in premises and equipment totaled $38.3 million at December 31, 2012.
(2) Location of Corporate Training Center.
(3) Building is for sale and is classified as OREO. Net book value at December 31, 2012 was $691,000.
(4) Location of Corporate Headquarters.

 

37


Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

As previously disclosed in 2011, we were served with a complaint filed in U.S. Bankruptcy Court by a bankruptcy trustee relating to a former WSFS Bank customer. The complaint challenges the Bank’s actions in exercising its rights concerning an outstanding loan and also seeks to avoid and recover the pre-bankruptcy repayment of that loan. There were no material changes regarding this complaint in 2012 and management of the Bank believes it acted appropriately and continues to vigorously defend itself against the complaint. No litigation reserve has been recorded as it is not yet possible to establish the probability of, or reasonably estimate, a potential loss.

We previously reported that in September 2012, we received a “30 day letter” from the IRS proposing an approximate $14 million to $18 million adjustment to a 2006 trust tax return relating to a trust for which the Bank is trustee. Subsequently, the IRS delivered a “No Change Report” that indicated the IRS completed its review of the trust’s 2006 tax return and did not propose any changes. The IRS’s decision to end its inquiry into the trust tax return is subject to the Area Director’s approval, which has not yet been issued.

There were no material changes or additions to other significant pending legal or other proceedings involving us other than those arising out of routine operations. Management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of such other proceedings will have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol WSFS. At December 31, 2012, we had 964 registered common stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years as well as the quarterly dividends paid.

The closing market price of our Common Stock at December 31, 2012 was $42.25.

 

            Stock Price Range  
            Low      High      Dividends  

2012

     4th       $ 40.46      $ 44.35      $ 0.12  
     3rd         38.49        44.90        0.12  
     2nd         35.98        41.03        0.12  
     1st         35.95        43.94        0.12  
           

 

 

 
            $ 0.48  
           

 

 

 

2011

     4th       $ 29.90      $ 42.20      $ 0.12  
     3rd         30.23        44.51        0.12  
     2nd         36.00        48.07        0.12  
     1st         39.00        50.19        0.12  
           

 

 

 
            $ 0.48  
           

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The graph and table which follow show the cumulative total return on our Common Stock over the last five years compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index over the same period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P. Cumulative total return on our Common Stock or the indices equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2007, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the Common Stock or the index, respectively. The graph and table were prepared assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2007 in our Common Stock and in each of the indexes. There can be no assurance that our future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical stock performance shown in the graph below. We neither make nor endorse any predictions as to stock performance.

CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN

COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDEXES

December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2012

 

LOGO

 

     Cumulative Total Return  
     2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012  

WSFS Financial Corporation

   $ 100      $ 96      $ 51      $ 95      $ 72      $ 84  

Dow Jones Total Market Index

     100        61        77        89        88        100  

Nasdaq Bank Index

     100        76        62        69        61        70  

 

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)  

At December 31,

          

Total assets

   $ 4,375,148     $ 4,289,008     $ 3,953,518     $ 3,748,507     $ 3,432,560  

Net loans (1)

     2,736,674       2,712,774       2,575,890       2,479,155       2,443,835  

Investment securities (2) (3)

     49,746       42,569       52,232       45,517       49,688  

Other investments

     31,796       35,765       37,790       40,395       39,521  

Mortgage-backed securities (2)

     870,342       829,225       713,358       681,242       498,205  

Total deposits

     3,274,963       3,135,304       2,810,774       2,561,871       2,122,352  

Borrowings (4)

     515,255       656,609       680,595       787,798       999,734  

Trust preferred borrowings

     67,011       67,011       67,011       67,011       67,011  

Senior Debt

     55,000       —         —         —         —    

Stockholders’ equity

     421,054       392,133       367,822       301,800       216,635  

Number of full-service branches

     41       40       36       37       35  

For the Year Ended December 31,

          

Interest income

   $ 150,287     $ 158,642     $ 162,403     $ 157,730     $ 166,477  

Interest expense

     23,288       32,605       41,732       53,086       77,258  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     126,999       126,037       120,671       104,644       89,219  

Noninterest income

     86,693       63,588       50,115       50,241       45,989  

Noninterest expenses

     133,345       127,477       109,332       108,504       89,098  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     16,983       11,475       5,454       (2,093     6,950  

Net Income

     31,311       22,677       14,117       663       16,136  

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount

     2,770       2,770       2,770       2,590       —     

Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders

     28,541       19,907       11,347       (1,927     16,136  

Earnings (loss) per share allocable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

     3.28       2.31       1.48       (0.30     2.62  

Diluted

     3.25       2.28       1.46       (0.30     2.57  

Interest rate spread

     3.39     3.49     3.47     3.10     2.94

Net interest margin

     3.46       3.60       3.62       3.30       3.13  

Efficiency ratio

     62.19       66.85       63.61       69.56       65.36  

Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (5)

     40.43       33.34       29.16       32.21       33.74  

Return on average assets

     0.73       0.56       0.37       0.02       0.50  

Return on average equity

     7.66       5.96       4.21       0.24       7.30  

Average equity to average assets

     9.58       9.34       8.84       7.86       6.86  

Tangible equity to assets

     8.93       8.41       8.52       7.73       5.88  

Tangible common equity to assets

     7.72       7.18       7.18       6.31       5.88  

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.43       2.14       2.35       2.19       1.04  

 

(1) Includes loans held-for-sale.
(2) Includes securities available-for-sale and trading.
(3) Includes investments in reverse mortgages.
(4) Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowed funds.
(5) Computed on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

 

40


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We are a thrift holding company headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware. Substantially all of our assets are held by our subsidiary, WSFS Bank, one of the ten oldest banks continuously operating under the same name in the United States. As a federal savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state mutual savings bank, we enjoy broader fiduciary powers than most other financial institutions. A fixture in the community, WSFS has been in operation for more than 181 years. In addition to its focus on stellar customer service, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community. We are a relationship-focused, locally-managed, community banking institution that has grown to become the largest thrift holding company in the State of Delaware, one of the top commercial lenders in the state and the third largest bank in terms of Delaware deposits. We state our mission simply: “We Stand for Service.” Our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service growing Customer Advocates and value for our Owners” focuses on exceeding customer expectations, delivering stellar service and building customer advocacy through highly-trained, relationship-oriented, friendly, knowledgeable and empowered Associates.

Our core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $2.2 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering a high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits. We service our customers primarily from our 51 offices located in Delaware (42), Pennsylvania (7), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1). We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage through our retail branches.

Our Cash Connect division is a premier provider of ATM Vault Cash and related services in the United States. Cash Connect manages nearly $444 million in vault cash in nearly 13,000 ATMs nationwide and also provides online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM processing and equipment sales. Cash Connect also operates over 440 ATMs for the Bank, which has, by far, the largest branded ATM network in Delaware.

As a leading provider of ATM Vault Cash to the U.S. ATM industry, Cash Connect is exposed to substantial operational risk, including theft of cash from ATMs, armored vehicles, or armored carrier terminals, as well as general risk of accounting errors or fraud. This risk is managed through a series of financial controls, automated tracking and settlement systems, contracts, and other risk mitigation strategies, including both loss prevention and loss recovery strategies. Throughout its 12-year history, Cash Connect periodically has been exposed to theft through theft from armored courier companies and consistently has been able to recover any losses through its risk management strategies.

We offer trust and wealth management services through Christiana Trust, Cypress, WSFS Investment Group brokerage and our Private Banking group. The Trust and Wealth division provides investment, fiduciary, agency and commercial domicile services from locations in Delaware and Nevada and has $17.0 billion in fiduciary assets. These services are provided to individuals and families as well as corporations and institutions. The Trust and Wealth division of WSFS Bank provides these services to customers locally, nationally and internationally taking advantage of its branch facilities in Delaware and Nevada. Cypress is an investment advisory firm that manages over $597 million of portfolios for individuals, trusts, retirement plans and endowments.

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin. We also have one unconsolidated affiliate, the Trust. WSFS Bank has two fully-owned subsidiaries, WSFS Investment Group, Inc. and Monarch. WSFS Investment Group, Inc. markets various third-party insurance products and securities through the Bank’s retail banking system and Monarch provides commercial domicile services which include employees, directors, subleases and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada.

 

41


Table of Contents

Montchanin has one consolidated subsidiary, Cypress. Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We recorded net income of $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a 38% increase compared to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and an increase from $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Income allocable to common stockholders’ (after preferred stock dividends) was $28.5 million, or $3.25 per diluted common share (a 43% increase in diluted EPS), for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to income allocable to common shareholders’ of $19.9 million, or $2.28 per diluted common share, and income of $11.3 million, or $1.46 per common share, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Earnings for 2012 included the impact of our Asset Strategies completed during the year, which resulted in net securities gains of $13.3 million, $14.2 million in additional provision for loan losses and $600,000 in other credit costs related to the asset dispositions. Excluding the impact of Asset Strategies, we still had significant increases in noninterest income, reflecting growth in all segments, including increases in wealth management income, mortgage banking activities and credit/debit card and ATM income. In addition, net interest income increased during the year despite margin pressure, assets disposition efforts and the impact of the early-stages of our deleveraging strategy (completed in early 2013). Offsetting these favorable variances was an increase in noninterest expenses, reflecting the full year impact of our recent growth phase which included opening of new or renovated branches, the relocation of our operations center and the hiring of additional relationship managers undertaken from 2009 until early 2012, as well as additional compensation costs, related to the improvement in performance during 2012. Credit costs were also higher during 2012 and reflect ongoing asset disposition efforts undertaken during the year.

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $962,000, or 1%, to $127.0 million in 2012 from $126.0 million in 2011, while net interest margin decreased 14 basis points to 3.46% in 2012 compared to 3.60% in 2011. The increase in net interest income reflects lending growth during 2012 and was earned despite the impact of the successful completion of our Asset Strategies during the second quarter of 2012. Also favorably impacting net interest income was an improvement in our mix of loans combined with effective management of funding costs, both in deposit pricing and wholesale funding rates. The decrease in net interest margin was mainly due to significantly reduced rates in the MBS portfolio resulting from substantial sales and paydowns with subsequent reinvestment at much lower market rates during 2012. During 2012 we completed our issuance of $55 million of 6.25% Senior Notes which also unfavorably impacted our net interest margin.

Net interest income increased $5.3 million, or 4%, to $126.0 million in 2011 from $120.7 million in 2010, while the net interest margin remained essentially flat at 3.60% in 2011 compared to 3.62% in 2010. The increase in net interest income was mainly due to $145.3 million of growth in loans which increased to $2.7 billion in 2011. During 2011 we continued our active deposit pricing management which decreased our average cost of deposits by 24 basis points to 0.81% in 2011 compared to 1.05% in 2010. In addition, Federal Home Loan Bank Advance rates decreased 92 basis points to 1.75% from 2.67% in 2010. The favorable impact of these items was partially offset by the decrease in our mortgage-backed securities portfolio yield of 119 basis points to 3.55% in 2011 compared to 4.74% in 2010. The decrease in MBS yields were primarilty attributable to high prepayments and significant sales combined with the continued low rate environment. The yield on interest-earning assets declined by 33 basis points (0.33%), including loan yields which declined only 10 basis points (0.10%), while the rate on interest-bearing liabilities declined by 36 basis points (0.36%), including the rate on customer deposits which declined 29 basis points (0.29%).

The following table provides certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on the changes that are attributable to: (i) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate); (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume on each category); and (iii) net change

 

42


Table of Contents

(the sum of the change in volume and the change in rate). Changes due to the combination of rate and volume changes (changes in volume multiplied by changes in rate) are allocated proportionately between changes in rate and changes in volume.

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 2010  
     Volume     Yield/Rate     Net     Volume     Yield/Rate     Net  
                 (In Thousands)              

Interest Income:

            

Commercial real estate loans

   $ (410   $ 1,345     $ 935     $ 267     $ 147     $ 414  

Residential real estate loans

     (1,219     (1,093     (2,312     (2,143     (894     (3,037

Commercial loans (1)

     6,180       (3,891     2,289       8,992       (2,487     6,505  

Consumer loans

     (732     (698     (1,430     312       381       693  

Loans held for sale

     61       61       122       —         —         —    

Mortgage-backed securities

     2,359       (10,325     (7,966     1,038       (9,093     (8,055

Investment securities (2)

     46       (83     (37     (48     (243     (291

FHLB Stock and deposits in other banks

     (2     46       44       —         10       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Favorable (unfavorable)

     6,283       (14,638     (8,355     8,418       (12,179     (3,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

            

Deposits:

            

Interest-bearing demand

     79       (238     (159     90       (120     (30

Money market

     151       (1,289     (1,138     608       (2,012     (1,404

Savings

     124       (1,158     (1,034     324       647       971  

Customer time deposits

     (821     (3,196     (4,017     96       (2,618     (2,522

Brokered certificates of deposits

     277       41       318       (502     (479     (981

FHLB of Pittsburgh advances

     (1,516     (2,204     (3,720     431       (5,211     (4,780

Trust Preferred borrowings

     —         105       105       —         (15     (15

Senior debt

     648       648       1,296       —         —         —    

Other borrowed funds

     (196     (772     (968     (506     140       (366
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfavorable (favorable)

     (1,254     (8,063     (9,317     541       (9,668     (9,127
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change, as reported

   $ 7,537     $ (6,575   $ 962     $ 7,877     $ (2,511   $ 5,366  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to commercial loans.
(2) The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to municipal securities.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding the average balances of, and yields/rates on, interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,

  2012     2011     2010  

(Dollars in Thousands)

  Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
 

Assets

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans (2) (3):

                 

Commercial real estate loans

  $ 733,999     $ 36,109       4.92   $ 742,692     $ 35,174       4.74   $ 737,050     $ 34,760       4.72

Residential real estate
loans
(4)

    273,500       12,023       4.40       300,081       14,335       4.78       344,140       17,372       5.05  

Commercial loans

    1,458,601       68,610       4.67       1,337,954       66,321       4.97       1,160,692       59,816       5.18  

Consumer loans

    285,625       13,662       4.78       300,703       15,092       5.02       294,288       14,399       4.89  

Loans held for sale (5)

    5,326       122       2.29       —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total loans

    2,757,051       130,526       4.75       2,681,430       130,922       4.92       2,536,170       126,347       5.02  

Mortgage-backed securities (6)

    836,567       19,191       2.29       765,027       27,157       3.55       742,482       35,212       4.74  

Investment securities (6) (7)

    50,816       510       1.10       44,428       547       1.23       47,255       838       1.77  

Other interest-earning assets

    32,617       60       0.18       36,707       16       0.04       39,790       6       0.02  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    3,677,051       150,287       4.11       3,527,592       158,642       4.53       3,365,697       162,403       4.86  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Allowance for loan losses

    (48,485         (57,325         (61,104    

Cash and due from banks

    86,320           65,147           59,900      

Cash in non-owned ATMs

    368,256           347,885           262,832      

Bank-owned life insurance

    63,311           63,971           60,880      

Other noninterest-earning assets

    120,905           123,626           107,961      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 4,267,358         $ 4,070,896         $ 3,796,166      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

44


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,

  2012     2011     2010  

(Dollars in Thousands)

  Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate (1)
 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Interest-bearing deposits:

                 

Interest-bearing demand

  $ 411,862     $ 246       0.06   $ 329,227       405       0.12   $ 264,790       435       0.16

Money market

    764,109       1,759       0.23       724,263       2,897       0.40       625,470       4,301       0.69  

Savings

    388,659       431       0.11       355,743       1,465       0.41       240,871       494       0.21  

Customer time deposits

    716,686       9,531       1.33       765,620       13,548       1.77       761,010       16,070       2.11  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing customer deposits

    2,281,316       11,967       0.52       2,174,853       18,315       0.84       1,892,141       21,300       1.13  

Brokered certificates of deposit

    269,682       1,134       0.42       201,618       816       0.40       304,397       1,797       0.59  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    2,550,998       13,101       0.51       2,376,471       19,131       0.81       2,196,538       23,097       1.05  

FHLB of Pittsburgh advances

    466,243       6,252       1.32       561,117       9,972       1.75       544,317       14,752       2.67  

Trust preferred borrowings

    67,011       1,480       2.17       67,011       1,375       2.02       67,011       1,390       2.05  

Senior debt

    19,085       1,296       6.68       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Other borrowed funds

    135,030       1,159       0.86       150,116       2,127       1.42       185,756       2,493       1.34  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    3,238,367       23,288       0.72       3,154,715       32,605       1.03       2,993,622       41,732       1.39  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    586,173           508,613           439,155      

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

    33,939           27,150           27,829      

Stockholders’ equity

    408,879           380,418           335,560      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 4,267,358         $ 4,070,896         $ 3,796,166      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Excess of interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 438,684         $ 372,877         $ 372,075      
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest and dividend income

    $ 126,999         $ 126,037         $ 120,671    
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread

        3.39         3.49         3.47
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin

        3.46         3.60         3.62
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Weighted average yields have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% effective tax rate.
(2) Nonperforming loans are included in average balance computations.
(3) Balances are reflected net of unearned income.
(4) Includes loans held-for-sale arising from the normal course of business.
(5) Includes loans held-for-sale in conjunction with our asset strategies undertaken in 2012.
(6) Includes securities available-for-sale at fair value.
(7) Includes reverse mortgages.

 

45


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level based on our assessment of the estimable and probable losses in the loan portfolio, pursuant to accounting literature, which is discussed further in “Nonperforming Assets”. Our evaluation is based upon a review of the portfolio and requires significant judgment. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $32.1 million compared to $28.0 million in 2011 and $41.9 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to the successful completion of our Asset Strategies in the second quarter of 2012, which resulted in an additional $14.2 million in the provision for loan losses during the year. Also impacting the provision for loan losses for 2012 was additional asset disposition efforts undertaken in 2012 aimed at improving asset quality.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $23.1 million to $86.7 million in 2012 from $63.6 million in 2011. Excluding the impact of net securities gains in both periods, and $1.2 million unanticipated bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income in 2011 and $1.0 million in 2012, noninterest income increased $6.8 million, or 12% in 2012 compared to 2011. Credit/debit card and ATM fees increased by $1.9 million, or 9% in 2012 compared to 2011, most of which came from growth in Cash Connect (our ATM division). Wealth management income grew $1.4 million, or 12%, in 2012 compared to 2011, signifying continued growth in our trust and wealth management segment. Mortgage banking activities increased $1.3 million or 87% in 2012 compared to 2011, primarily driven by refinance activity and growth in the retail lending division as we strive to become Delaware’s premier consumer lending bank. Deposit service charges increased $762,000, or 5%, in 2012 compared to 2011, due to overall bank growth.

Noninterest income increased to $63.6 million in 2011 from $50.1 million in 2010. Excluding the impact of net securities gains in both periods, and $1.2 million in unanticipated BOLI income in 2011, noninterest income increased by $8.5 million, or 17% in 2011 compared to 2010. Noninterest income increased $7.1 million in wealth management income in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily from the December 2010 acquisition of Christiana Bank & Trust (“CB&T”). In addition, increases in credit/debit card and ATM fees and deposit service charges, resulting from increased volume and franchise growth and exceeded year-over-year declines in mortgage banking revenues.

Noninterest Expenses. Noninterest expense in 2012 increased $5.9 million, or 5%, to $133.3 million from $127.5 million in 2011. Excluding the “Right Here” advertising campaign in 2011 ($961,000) and the prepayment penalties on FHLB advances in 2012 ($3.7 million), noninterest expenses increased only 2% in 2012 compared to 2011. This increase reflected a full year of expenses related to branch expansion (1 branch opened in 2010, 5 branches opened in 2011, 2 branches opened in early 2012), the renovation of several branches, and the relocation of our operation center. In addition, incentive costs increased by $1.2 million in 2012 compared to 2011, as a result of our improved performance in 2012. These increases were partially offset by our expense management efforts including and expense management plan implemented in the second half of 2012.

Noninterest expense increased to $127.5 million in 2011 from $109.3 million in 2010. Excluding the CB&T integration costs of $780,000 in 2011 and $1.7 million in 2010, noninterest expenses increased by $19.0 million, or 18%, in 2011 compared to 2010. During 2011, loan workout and other real estate owned (“OREO”) expenses increased $2.4 million compared to 2010 and included the impact from bulk sales of OREO. Marketing expenses also increased by $1.1 million in 2011, mainly due to our “Right Here” marketing campaign in the third quarter of 2011. The remaining increase in expenses in 2011 compared to 2010 was the result of normal ongoing operational costs related to the CB&T acquisition, organic franchise growth including the opening, relocation and renovation of eight branches, the hiring of additional commercial relationship managers (and the full year of impact for 2010 adds to staff) and related infrastructure and support costs.

Income Taxes. We recorded $17.0 million of tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to tax expense of $11.5 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were 35.2%, 33.6% and 27.9%, respectively. The 2012, 2011 and 2010 income tax expenses reflect tax benefits of $3,000, $378,000 and $882,000, respectively, resulting from net reductions in unrecognized tax benefits for those years. Volatility in

 

46


Table of Contents

effective tax rates is impacted by the level of pretax income or loss, combined with the amount of tax-free income as well as the effects of unrecognized tax benefits. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes that are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax reporting basis of the assets and liabilities.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets increased $86.1 million, or 2%, to $4.4 billion as of December 31, 2012 compared to $4.3 billion as of December 31, 2011. Included in this increase was a $48.3 million, or 6%, increase in investment securities, and a $32.9 million increase in cash and cash equivalents. In addition, we had a $23.9 million, or 1%, increase in net loans as of December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011. Total liabilities increased $57.2 million during the year to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in customer deposits of $256.8 million, or 9% as of December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011.

Cash in non-owned ATMs.    During 2012, cash in non-owned ATMs managed by Cash Connect, our ATM unit, increased $9.5 million, or 2%. Cash Connect serviced nearly 13,000 ATMs at December 31, 2012, as well as 440 WSFS-owned ATMs to serve customers in our markets.

Investment Securities.    Investment securities increased $48.3 million to $920.1 million during 2012. Our portfolio of available-for-sale MBS was comprised of all GSE as of December 31, 2012. Our MBS were predominantly of short duration with a weighted average duration of 5.0 years at December 31, 2012. We own no collateralized debt obligations, bank trust preferred securities, Agency preferred securities or equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.

Loans, net.    Net loans (including those held for sale) increased $23.9 million, or 1%, during 2012. Loan growth included construction loans increases of $27 million, or 26% as well as $14.5 million, or 1%, in commercial and industrial loan growth. Partially offsetting these increases were residential mortgage loans which decreased by $28.1 million, or 10%, mainly due to our strategy to originate then sell these loans in the secondary market to generate fee income. The completion in the second quarter of 2012 of our Asset Strategies resulted in bulk loan sales of $42.7 million in recorded balances.

Goodwill and Intangibles.    Goodwill and intangibles remained essentially flat during 2012.

Customer Deposits.    Customer deposits increased $256.8 million, or 9%, during 2012 to $3.1 billion. Core deposit relationships (demand deposits, money market and savings accounts) increased $404.2 million, or 19%, during 2012. Partially offsetting these decreases were jumbo certificates of deposits which decreased $52.3 million, or 15%, and customer time deposits (CDs under $100,000), which decreased $95.0 million, or 23%, in 2012 (vs. a $23.4 million decrease in 2011 and a $39.5 million increase in 2010). The table below depicts the changes in customer deposits during the last three years:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (Dollars In Millions)  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,847      $ 2,562      $ 2,215  

Interest credited

     10        19        20  

Deposit inflows, net

     247        266        327  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3,104      $ 2,847      $ 2,562  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings and Brokered Deposits.    Borrowing and brokered deposits decreased by $203.6 million during 2012. Included in the decrease was $162.4 million of Federal Home Loan Bank Advances, $117.2 million, in brokered deposits and $40.0 million, in other borrowed funds. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase of $60.0 million, in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and the issuance of $55 million of 6.25% Senior Notes during 2012.

 

47


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Equity.    Stockholders’ equity increased $28.9 million, or 7%, to $421.1 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $392.1 million at December 31, 2011. Retained earnings increased $24.4 million, or 6%, to $433.2 million during 2012, primarily as a result of earnings from the year less dividends paid. In addition, other comprehensive income increased $1.7 million, or 16%, during 2012, mainly due to an increase in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Our primary asset/liability management goal is to optimize long term net interest income opportunities within the constraints of managing interest rate risk, ensuring adequate liquidity and funding and maintaining a strong capital base.

In general, interest rate risk is mitigated by closely matching the maturities or repricing periods of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity, and use a variety of strategies as needed to adjust that sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management and the Board of Directors. Changing the relative proportions of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies to accomplish this objective.

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed using a number of methods including by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest-rate sensitive” and by monitoring our interest-sensitivity gap. An interest-sensitivity gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing within a defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets repricing within a defined period.

For additional information related to interest rate sensitivity, see Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The repricing and maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2012 are shown in the following table:

 

     Less than
One Year
     One to
Five Years
     Over
Five Years
     Total  
(Dollars in Thousands)                            

Interest-rate sensitive assets:

           

Commercial loans (2)

   $ 1,153,809      $ 198,546      $ 74,100      $ 1,426,455  

Real estate loans (1) (2)

     740,738        171,458        96,171        1,008,367  

Mortgage-backed securities

     139,216        478,521        252,605        870,342  

Consumer loans (2)

     217,240        41,844        29,918        289,002  

Investment securities

     19,620        28,745        33,177        81,542  

Loans held-for-sale (2)

     12,850        —          —          12,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,283,473        919,114        485,971        3,688,558  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents
     Less than
One Year
    One to
Five Years
     Over
Five Years
    Total  
(Dollars in Thousands)                          

Interest-rate sensitive liabilities:

         

Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits

     1,038,513       —           433,583       1,472,096  

Savings deposits

     195,218       —           194,759       389,977  

Retail certificates of deposits

     276,093       140,671        709       417,473  

IRA certificates of deposit

     42,156       29,813        7,770       79,739  

Jumbo certificates of deposit

     111,356       2,655        —          114,011  

Brokered certificates of deposit

     165,471       5,170        —          170,641  

FHLB advances

     318,249       58,061        —          376,310  

Trust preferred borrowings

     67,011       —           —          67,011  

Senior debt

     —          —           55,000       55,000  

Other borrowed funds

     113,945       25,000        —          138,945  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Interest Sensitive Liabilities

     2,328,012       261,370        691,821       3,281,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Deficiency) excess of interest-rate sensitive assets over interest-rate liabilities (“interest-rate sensitive gap”)

   $ (44,539   $ 657,744      $ (205,850   $ 407,355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/interest-rate sensitive liabilities

     98.09       

One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a percent of total assets

     -1.02       

 

(1) Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans
(2) Loan balances exclude nonaccruing loans, deferred fees and costs

The table shows a deficiency of interest-rate sensitive assets over interest-rate liabilities for “less than one year” which reflects the early-stages of a program to deleverage our balance sheet by $125.0 million in MBS, which began during the fourth quarter of 2012. As of December 31, 2012, we had completed only approximately $55.0 million of the MBS reduction, with the remainder completed during the first quarter of 2013. We currently have a preference towards a neutral to slightly asset sensitive one year gap position at this time.

Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of falling rates, a positive gap would result in a decrease in net interest income while a negative gap would augment net interest income. However, the interest-sensitivity table does not provide a comprehensive representation of the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Each category of assets or liabilities will not be affected equally or simultaneously by changes in the general level of interest rates. Even assets and liabilities which contractually reprice within the rate period may not, reprice at the same price, at the same time or with the same frequency. It is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time. Variations can occur as we adjust our interest-sensitivity position throughout the year.

To provide a more accurate position of our one-year gap, certain deposit classifications are based on the interest-rate sensitive attributes and not on the contractual repricing characteristics of these deposits. For the purpose of this analysis, we estimate, based on historical trends of our deposit accounts, that 75% of our money market deposits, 50% of our interest-bearing demand deposits and 50% of our savings deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes. Accordingly, these interest-sensitive portions are classified in the “Less than One Year” category with the remainder in the “Over Five Years” category.

Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable. Changes in deposit rates are generally subject to local market conditions and our discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate.

 

49


Table of Contents

REVERSE MORTGAGES

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of ($457,000) at December 31, 2012 representing a second-lien participation in 14 reverse mortgages with a third party. These loans were originated in the early 1990s.

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout each borrower’s life or until each borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows from these mortgage loans can result in volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a positive $12,000 in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to a negative $137,000 in 2011 and a negative $287,000 in 2010. The results for 2012 reflect an improvement in housing prices during the year. The decrease in the prior two years were due to the drop in the property values securing these mortgages, which were based on annual re-evaluation and are generally consistent with the decrease in home values over the past three years.

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagees and the future changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is one of the factors affecting the volatility of reverse mortgage values. The current assumptions include a short-term annual depreciation rate of zero in the first year, and a long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years. If the long-term appreciation rate was increased or decreased by 1%, the impact on income would not be material.

We also hold $12.6 million fair value in BBB+ rated MBS classified as trading securities. Further, we own Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. As of December, 31 2012, the market value of these securities was $6.7million. Third-party model uses the income approach as described in ASC 820-10-35-32. The model is a present value cash flow model, consistent with ASC 820-10-55-5 which describes the components of a present value measurement. The model incorporates the projected cash flows of the notes and then discounts these cash flows using a rate that is commensurate with the risk adjusted rate. The inputs to the model reflect our expectations of what other market participants would use in pricing this asset in a current transaction and therefore is consistent with ASC 820 that sets out an exit price methodology for determining fair value.

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Nonperforming assets include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate, assets acquired through foreclosure and restructured mortgage and home equity consumer debt. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the value of the collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table shows our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated:

 

At December 31,

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
(Dollars in Thousands)                               

Nonaccruing loans:

          

Commercial

   $ 4,861     $ 23,080     $ 21,577     $ 9,463     $ 986  

Owner-occupied Commercial (1)

     14,001       —         —         —         —    

Commercial mortgages

     12,634       15,814       9,490       1,021       5,748  

Construction

     1,547       22,124       30,260       44,680       16,595  

Residential mortgages

     9,989       9,057       11,739       9,959       4,753  

Consumer

     4,728       1,018       3,701       818       352  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonaccruing loans

     47,760       71,093       76,767       65,941       28,434  

Assets acquired through foreclosure

     4,622       11,695       9,024       8,945       4,471  

Restructured loans (2)

     10,093        8,887       7,107       7,274       2,855  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 62,475     $ 91,675     $ 92,898     $ 82,160     $ 35,760  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due loans:

          

Residential mortgages

   $ 786     $ 887     $ 465     $ 1,221     $ 1,313  

Commercial and commercial mortgages

            78              105         

Consumer

                          97       26  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total past due loans

   $ 786     $ 965     $ 465     $ 1,423     $ 1,339  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (3)

     1.73     2.58     2.93     2.61     1.15

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (3)

     1.58       1.92       2.30       2.12       1.26  

Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets

     1.43       2.14       2.35       2.19       1.04  

Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans

     91.96       74.66       78.60       81.05       109.69  

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loans.
(2) Accruing Loans only; Nonaccruing TDRs are included in their respective categories of nonaccruing loans.
(3) Total loans exclude loans held-for-sale.

Nonperforming assets decreased $29.2 million between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012. As a result, nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets decreased to 1.43% at December 31, 2012 from 2.14% at December 31, 2011. This significant reduction was bolstered by the successful efforts of our Asset Strategies during the second quarter of 2012. This strategy included a bulk loan sale which resulted in the sale of $42.7 million of problem loans, including $22.5 million of nonperforming loans. In addition, another $10.9 million was collected or paid-down through additional note sales and ongoing asset management activities during 2012. Lastly and partially offsetting these decreases, as the result of recent OCC guidance regarding Chapter 7 bankruptcy loans during 2012, $4.7 million of loans were reclassified from performing loans to nonaccrual status (consisting of $2.5 million of residential mortgages and $2.2 million of consumer loans).

The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the last three years:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Beginning balance

   $ 91,675     $ 92,898     $ 82,160  

Additions

     73,170       89,842       89,876  

Collections

     (46,514     (40,695     (38,459

Collections from loan dispositions

     (14,305     —         —    

Transfers to accrual

     (552     (8,474     (1,077

Charge-offs/write-downs

     (40,999     (41,896     (39,602
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 62,475     $ 91,675     $ 92,898  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

The timely identification of problem loans is a key element in our strategy to manage our loan portfolio. Timely identification enables us to take appropriate action and, accordingly, minimize losses. An asset review system established to monitor the asset quality of our loans and investments in real estate portfolios facilitates the identification of problem assets. In general, this system utilizes guidelines established by federal regulation.

At December 31, 2012, we did not have a material amount of loans which had not been classified as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured but where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused us to have serious concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and may result in disclosure as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $120.0 million of loans which, although performing at that date, required increased supervision and review. They may, depending on the economic environment and other factors, become nonperforming assets in future periods. The amount of such loans at December 31, 2011 was $133.7 million. The majority of these loans are secured by commercial real estate, with others being secured by residential real estate, inventory and receivables.

Allowance for Loan Losses.    We maintain an allowance for loan losses and charge losses to this allowance when such losses are realized. We established our loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (“SAB 102”). The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified impaired loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios. For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The allowance for loan losses of $43.9 million at December 31, 2012 decreased $9.2 million from $53.1 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, the ratio of allowance to loan losses to total gross loans was 1.58% at December 31, 2012, compared to 1.92% at December 31, 2011. These decreases reflect the following items:

 

   

A decrease in problem loans (all criticized, classified and nonperforming loans)

 

   

Total problem loans improved to 52.5% of Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012, compared to 84.8% at December 31, 2011, reflecting:

 

   

Favorable risk-rating migration,

 

   

Problem asset disposition efforts, and

 

   

Prudent credit management.

 

   

A higher level of charge-offs during 2012, including:

 

   

$16.4 million from charge-offs related to our Asset Strategies,

 

   

$1.3 million from charge-offs related to regulatory guidance during 2012 on loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy, and

 

   

The impact of additional asset disposition efforts taken throughout the year.

 

   

Improved credit metrics of the loan portfolio:

 

   

Nonperforming assets decreased from $91.7 million at December 31, 2011 to $62.5 million at December 31, 2012,

 

   

Total loan delinquency decreased from $68.3 million, or 2.48% of total loans at December 31, 2011, to $45.0 million, or 1.62% of total loans at December 31, 2012, with performing loan delinquency a very low 0.40% of total loans at December 31, 2012 compared to 0.61% of total loans at December 31, 2011, and

 

52


Table of Contents
   

Our construction loan portfolio, a portfolio that experienced significant losses over the last several years and typically has a higher loss content, has improved substantially:

 

   

Nonperforming construction loans improved from $22.1 million at December 31, 2011 to only $1.5 million at December 31, 2012 and

 

   

Delinquent construction loans improved from $23.7 million at December 31, 2011 to only $825,000 at December 31, 2012.

During 2012, net charge-offs were $41.2 million or 1.49%, of average loans (including $16.4 million related to our Asset Strategies). This compares to net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $35.3 million or 1.32% of average loans.

The table below represents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
(Dollars in Thousands)                               

Beginning balance

   $ 53,080     $ 60,339     $ 53,446     $ 31,189     $ 25,252  

Provision for loan losses

     32,053       27,996       41,883       47,811       23,024  

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial Mortgage

     6,517       7,446       3,902       1,453       1,421  

Construction

     10,820       11,602       14,972       14,479       10,774  

Commercial

     12,806       9,419       9,458       5,796       1,992  

Owner-occupied Commercial (1)

     5,076       —          —          —          —     

Residential real estate

     3,857       3,165       2,241       1,164       628  

Consumer

     5,613       5,332       5,974       2,458       1,697  

Overdrafts

     1,113       869       1,019       1,216       1,327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs (2)

     45,802       37,833       37,566       26,566       17,839  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial Mortgage

     405       334       126       4       —     

Construction

     1,761       582       1,495       375       12  

Commercial

     1,536       897       375       150       100  

Owner-occupied Commercial (1)

     13       —          —          —          —     

Residential real estate

     176       211       26       38       7  

Consumer

     337       206       179       65       249  

Overdrafts

     363       348       375       380       384  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     4,591       2,578       2,576       1,012       752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     41,211       35,255       34,990       25,554       17,087  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 43,922     $ 53,080     $ 60,339     $ 53,446     $ 31,189  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs to average gross loans outstanding, net of unearned income

     1.49     1.32     1.39     1.01     0.74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied loans were included in commercial loan balances.
(2) Total Charge-Offs for 2012 include $16.4 million related to our Asset Strategies completed during 2012.

The allowance for loan losses is allocated by major portfolio type. As these portfolios have seasoned, they have become a source of historical data in projecting delinquencies and loss exposure. However, such allocations are not a guarantee of when future losses may occur and/or the actual amount of losses. While we have allocated the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type in the following table, the entire reserve is available for any loan category to utilize. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type at the end of each of the last

 

53


Table of Contents

five years, and the percentage of outstanding loans in each category to total gross outstanding at such dates follow:

 

    At December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
(Dollars in Thousands)                                                            

Commercial mortgage

  $ 8,079       22.6   $ 7,556       22.6   $ 10,564       23.8   $ 6,160       20.7   $ 7,353       22.6

Construction

    6,456       4.8     4,074       3.8     10,019       5.4     10,922       9.2     3,303       10.2

Commercial

    13,663       25.5     24,302       53.0     26,556       47.2     24,834       44.4     12,510       38.1

Owner-Occupied Commercial (1)

    6,108       27.8     —         —       —         —       —         —       —         —  

Residential real estate

    3,124       8.8     6,544       10.0     3,952       11.8     4,073       13.8     2,480       17.1

Consumer

    5,631       10.5     10,604       10.6     9,248       11.8     7,457       11.9     5,543       12.0

Complexity Risk

    861       —       —         —       —         —       —         —       —         —  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 43,922       100.0   $ 53,080       100.0   $ 60,339       100.0   $ 53,446       100.0   $ 31,189       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances

LIQUIDITY

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2012, net loan growth resulted in the use of $110.6 million in cash. Loan growth was primarily the result of our continued success increasing corporate and small business lending. We expect this trend to continue and have significant experience managing our funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth.

As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding. Among these are:

 

   

Core deposits

 

   

Brokered deposits

 

   

Borrowing from the FHLB

 

   

Federal Reserve Discount Window access

 

   

Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements

 

   

Cash flow from securities, loan sales and repayments

 

   

Net income

Our branch expansion and renovation program over the last few years has been focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and the surrounding area and attracting new customers in part to provide additional deposit growth. Customer deposit growth (deposits excluding brokered CDs) increased $256.8 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012. All of this growth was in core deposit accounts and was partially offset by a decrease in customer time and sweep accounts.

Our portfolio of high-quality liquid investments, primarily MBS and GSE securities also provide a source of cash flow to meet current cash needs in addition to normal cash flows from paydowns in these securities. If needed, portions of this portfolio, as well as portions of the loan portfolio, could be sold to provide cash to fund new loans. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2012, $85.9 million in cash was provided by operating activities.

We have a policy that separately addresses liquidity, and we monitor our adherence to policy limits. As part of the liquidity management process, we also monitor our available wholesale funding capacity. At December 31,

 

54


Table of Contents

2012, we had $745.2 million in funding capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. During late 2012 we prepaid $125 million of FHLB advances with an average rate of 2.63%. Also, liquidity risk management is a primary area of examination by the banking regulators.

We have not used, and have no intention of using, any significant off balance sheet financing arrangement for liquidity management purposes. Our financial instruments with off balance sheet risk are limited to obligations to fund loans to customers pursuant to existing commitments, obligations of letters of credit and swap guarantees. In addition, we have not had, and have no intention of having, any significant transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated, limited purpose entities that could materially affect our liquidity or capital resources.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Under guidelines issued by banking regulators, savings institutions such as the Bank must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of risk weighted assets and “total” or “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of risk-weighted assets. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. In light of the current economic conditions, we hold a capital cushion well in excess of these limits.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), as well as other requirements, established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, under-capitalized, significantly under-capitalized, and critically under-capitalized. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to various relevant capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.

At December 31, 2012, we were classified as well-capitalized, the highest regulatory defined level, and in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements. Additional information concerning our regulatory capital compliance is included in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to acquire common stock outstanding. We did not acquire any shares in 2012 or 2011. At December 31, 2012, we held 9.6 million shares of our common stock as treasury shares. At December 31, 2012, we had 506,000 shares remaining under our current share repurchase authorization.

In 2009, under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan (“CPP”), we issued and sold 52,625 shares of senior preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury, having a liquidation amount equal to $1,000 per share, or $52.6 million, as well as a 10-year warrant to purchase 175,105 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $45.08. In 2012, the Treasury held a public auction where it sold its entire preferred stock holding in us. In September, 2012 we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which we repurchased the warrant for $1.8 million. Additional information concerning the CPP is included in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We completed a private placement to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P. (Peninsula) in 2009, pursuant to which we issued and sold 862,069 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $25.0 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 129,310 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share. Additional information concerning the Peninsula transaction is included in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August of 2010, we completed an underwritten public offering of 1,370,000 shares of common stock, and raised $47.1 million, net of $2.9 million of costs.

 

55


Table of Contents

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have no off balance sheet arrangements that currently have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

At December 31, 2012, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, data processing and credit obligations. These obligations are summarized below. See Notes 6, 8 and 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

 

     Total      Less than
One Year
     One to
Three Years
     Three to
Five Years
     Over
5 Years
 
(In Thousands)                                   

Operating lease obligations

   $ 197,895      $ 7,937      $ 15,283      $ 14,681      $ 159,994  

Long-term debt obligations

     376,310        318,249        58,061        —           —     

Data processing contracts

     9,549        3,748        5,064        737        —     

Credit obligations

     729,012        729,012        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,312,766      $ 1,058,946      $ 78,408      $ 15,418      $ 159,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or the same extent as the price of goods and services.

RECENT LEGISLATION

In 2010, the President signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. This legislation makes extensive changes to the laws regulating financial services firms and requires significant rule-making. In addition, the legislation mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. While the full effects of the legislation on us cannot yet be determined, this legislation was opposed by the American Bankers Association and is generally perceived as negatively impacting the banking industry. This legislation may result in higher compliance and other costs, reduced revenues and higher capital and liquidity requirements, among other things, which could adversely affect our business. There are many parts of the Dodd-Frank Act that have yet to be determined and implemented however, as a direct result of the Act, the following rulings have been adopted or will be adopted in the coming years:

 

   

On August 10, 2010 the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final ruling permanently increasing the standard maximum deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000, which became effective on July 22, 2010.

 

   

During January of 2011, a timeframe and preliminary implementation plan for the phase out of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“the OTS”), one of our current banking regulators was announced by the joint agencies, and its merger into the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The provisions of the plan included a transition from the Thrift Financial Report, to the Call Report, and began with the March 2012 reporting period.

 

56


Table of Contents
   

On February 7, 2011, the Federal Reserve approved a final ruling the changes the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) assessment from domestic deposits to average assets minus tangible equity. The changes went into effect during the second quarter of 2011 and were payable at the end of September. It is the intent of the FDIC that banks with over $10 billion in assets pay a larger share of the assessments into the DIF.

 

   

In June 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted the “Durbin Amendment” in which debit interchange fees would be capped at 21 cents plus 5 basis points of the transaction, with the possibility of an additional cent if the issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards. This rule affects banks with $10 billion or more in assets.

 

   

On July 21, 2011, the Federal Reserve repealed Federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits.

 

   

On July 21, 2011, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) was created to centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection. The bureau has been given the responsibility for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with Federal consumer protection laws.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve approved proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and the Bank. The FDIC and the OCC subsequently approved these proposed rules on June 12, 2012. The proposed rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009, the rules text released in December 2010, and loss absorbency rules issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements. The proposed rules received extensive comments during a comment period that ran through October 2012. In November 2012, the federal bank regulatory agencies jointly stated that they do not expect any of the proposed rules to become effective on the original target date of January 1, 2013. Further guidance from the bank regulatory agencies is expected in early 2013.

The proposed rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which would be phased in from 2013 to 2019, and would refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The proposed new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the proposals would be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The proposed rules would also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements, which must consist entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

Basel III provided discretion for regulators to impose an additional buffer, the “countercyclical buffer,” of up to 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to take into account the macro-financial environment and periods of excessive credit growth. However, the proposed rules permit the countercyclical buffer to be applied only to “advanced approach banks” ( i.e. , banks with $250 billion or more in total assets or $10 billion or more in total foreign exposures), which currently excludes the Company and the Bank. The proposed rules also implement revisions and clarifications consistent with Basel III regarding the various components of Tier 1 capital, including common equity, unrealized gains and losses, as well as certain instruments that will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, some of which would be phased out over time.

 

57


Table of Contents

The federal bank regulatory agencies also proposed revisions to the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions on insured depository institutions, including the Bank, if their capital levels begin to show signs of weakness. These revisions would take effect January 1, 2015. Under the prompt corrective action requirements, which are designed to complement the capital conservation buffer, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following increased capital level requirements in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (increased from 4%).

The proposed rules set forth certain changes for the calculation of risk-weighted assets, which we would be required to utilize beginning January 1, 2015. The standardized approach proposed rule utilizes an increased number of credit risk exposure categories and risk weights, and also addresses: (i) a proposed alternative standard of creditworthiness consistent with Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act Act; (ii) revisions to recognition of credit risk mitigation; (iii) rules for risk weighting of equity exposures and past due loans; (iv) revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions; and (v) disclosure requirements for top-tier banking organizations with $50 billion or more in total assets that are not subject to the “advance approach rules” that apply to banks with greater than $250 billion in consolidated assets.

Based on our current capital composition and levels, we believe that we would be in compliance with the requirements as set forth in the proposed rules if they were presently in effect.

On December 31, 2012, unlimited FDIC insurance on certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts under the Transaction Account Guarantee program expired. Under this program, prior to its expiration, all funds in a noninterest-bearing transaction account were insured in full by the FDIC from December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012. This temporary unlimited coverage was in addition to, and separate from, the coverage of at least $250,000 available to depositors under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions including those related to the allowance for loan losses, deferred taxes, fair value measurements, goodwill and other intangible assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis for making judgments on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgments and estimates. For additional information on these policies, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain allowances for loan losses and charge losses to these allowances when realized. We consider the determination of the allowance for loan losses to be critical because it requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically evaluated impaired loans as well as the inherent risk of loss for those in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of the portfolio, with consideration given to evaluations resulting from examinations performed by regulatory authorities.

 

58


Table of Contents

Deferred Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We consider our accounting policies on deferred taxes to be critical because we regularly assess the need for valuation allowances on deferred income tax assets that may result from, among other things, limitations imposed by Internal Revenue Code and uncertainties, including the timing of settlement and realization of these differences. No valuation allowance was required as of December 31, 2012.

Fair Value Measurements

We adopted FASB ASC 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. We consider our accounting policies related to fair value measurements to be critical because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require our subjective and complex judgment as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. See Note 14, Fair Value of Financial Assets to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting consist of goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test. We review goodwill annually and again at any quarter-end if a material event occurs during the quarter that may affect goodwill. This review evaluates potential impairment by determining if our fair value has fallen below carrying value.

Other intangible assets consist mainly of core deposits and covenants not to compete obtained through acquisitions and are amortized over their estimated lives using the present value of the benefit of the core deposits and straight-line methods of amortization. Core deposit intangibles are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In April 2011, the FASB issued an update (“ASU” No. 2011-03, Reconsideration of Effective Control in Repurchase Agreements) which removes from the assessment of effective control, the criterion related to the transferor’s ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. In addition, this guidance also eliminates the requirement to demonstrate that a transferor possesses adequate collateral to fund substantially all the cost of purchasing replacement financial assets. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011, and applies prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions occurring on or after the effective date. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued an update (“ASU” No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS) to achieve common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. and International accounting principles. While the overall guidance is consistent with U.S. GAAP, the amendment includes additional fair value disclosure requirements. The amendments in the guidance are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

In June 2011, the FASB issued an update (“ASU” No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income) to eliminate the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholder’s equity. The amendment requires that comprehensive income be presented in either a single continuous statement or in two separate consecutive statements. This amendment is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We chose to adopt the two separate consecutive statements presentation, which did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued an update (“ASU” No. 2011-08, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) — Testing Goodwill for Impairment) to give entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. This amendment is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we completed a full analysis of our goodwill for impairment; therefore the adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued an update (“ASU” No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 350) — Offsetting) to address balance sheet offsetting. An entity is required to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements so that users of the financial statements can understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting agreement. The instruments and transactions include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. This amendment is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued an update (“ASU” No. 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income: Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05) which under ASU 2011-05 defers the effective date pertaining to reclassification adjustments out of other accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). Concerns were raised that reclassifications of items out of AOCI would be costly for prepares and may add unnecessary complexity to financial statements. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by this Update. This amendment is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued an update (“ASU 2012-02, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment) which permits entities to perform an optional qualitative assessment for determining whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2012-02; however, we do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued an update (“ASU 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities”). The ASU amends Update 2011-11 to clarify that the scope applies to derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to master netting or similar arrangements. Other types of financial assets and liabilities subject to master netting

 

60


Table of Contents

or similar arrangements are not subject to the disclosure requirements in Update 2011-11. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2013-01; however, we do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued an update (“ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”). The ASU requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. The amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We are evaluating the impact of ASU 2013-01; however, we do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The matching of maturities or repricing periods of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities to promote a favorable interest rate spread and mitigate exposure to fluctuations in interest rates is our primary tool for achieving our asset/liability management strategies. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity and adjust the sensitivity within our acceptable tolerance ranges. At December 31, 2012 interest-earning liabilities exceeded interest-bearing assets that mature or reprice within one year (interest-sensitive gap) by approximately $45 million. Our interest-sensitive assets as a percentage of interest-sensitive liabilities within one-year decreased from 102.8% at December 31, 2011 to 98.1% at December 31, 2012. Likewise, the one-year interest-sensitive gap as a percentage of total assets changed to -1.02% at December 31, 2012 from 1.54% at December 31, 2011. The change in sensitivity since December 31, 2011 was the result of the current interest rate environment and our continuing effort to effectively manage interest rate risk.

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities. To that end, we actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk exposure. The following table is the estimated impact of immediate changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and economic value of equity at the specified levels at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

 

   

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

Change in

Interest Rate

(Basis Points)

 

% Change in

Net Interest

Margin (1)

 

Economic Value

of Equity (2)

 

% Change in

Net Interest

Margin (1)

 

Economic Value

of Equity (2)

300            

  4%   12.49%   6%   11.17%

200            

  1%   12.62%   3%   11.30%

100            

  -3%   12.54%   -2%   11.21%

—             

  —  %   12.31%   —  %   10.97%

-100            

  -1%   11.56%   1%   10.19%

-200 (3)        

  NMF   NMF   NMF   NMF

-300 (3)        

  NMF   NMF   NMF   NMF

 

(1) The percentage difference between net interest income in a stable interest rate environment and net interest margin as projected under the various rate change environments.
(2) The economic value of equity ratio in a stable interest rate environment and the economic value of equity projected under the various rate change environments.
(3) Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points is deemed not meaningful (NMF) given the low absolute level of interest rates at that time.

 

61


Table of Contents

Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and capital, while maximizing the yield/cost spread on our asset/liability structure. We rely primarily on our asset/liability structure to control interest rate risk.

We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For example, mortgage banking revenues and expenses can fluctuate with changing interest rates. These fluctuations are difficult to model and estimate.

 

62


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

WSFS Financial Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), WSFS Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 18, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 18, 2013

 

63


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012      2011     2010  
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)                    

Interest Income

       

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 130,526      $ 130,922     $ 126,347  

Interest on mortgage-backed securities

     19,191        27,158       35,212  

Interest and dividends on investment securities

     498        683       1,125  

Interest on reverse mortgages

     12        (137     (287

Other interest income

     60        16       6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     150,287        158,642       162,403  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

       

Interest on deposits

     13,101        19,131       23,097  

Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     6,252        9,972       14,752  

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     757        1,197       1,514  

Interest on trust preferred borrowings

     1,480        1,375       1,390  

Interest on senior debt

     1,296        —         —    

Interest on other borrowings

     402        930       979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     23,288        32,605       41,732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     126,999        126,037       120,671  

Provision for loan losses

     32,053        27,996       41,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     94,946        98,041       78,788  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest Income

       

Credit/debit card and ATM income

     22,935        21,026       18,947  

Securities gains, net

     21,425        4,878       1,031  

Deposit service charges

     17,133        16,371       16,239  

Wealth management income

     13,310        11,881       4,761  

Mortgage banking activities, net

     2,846        1,524       2,256  

Loan fee income

     2,340        2,460       3,042  

Bank-owned life insurance income

     1,544        2,035       732  

Other income

     5,160        3,413       3,107  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     86,693        63,588       50,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest Expense

       

Salaries, benefits and other compensation

     66,047        59,823       49,790  

Occupancy expense

     13,081        12,054       9,748  

Equipment expense

     7,163        6,915       6,422  

Loan workout and OREO expense

     6,855        8,896       6,544  

FDIC expenses

     5,658        5,949       7,016  

Data processing and operations expense

     5,581        5,340       4,588  

Professional fees

     4,109        5,829       5,460  

Debt extinguishment

     3,662        —         —    

Marketing expense

     2,656        4,302       3,193  

Acquisition costs

     —          780       1,677  

Other operating expense

     18,533        17,589       14,894  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     133,345        127,477       109,332  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     48,294        34,152       19,571  

Income tax provision

     16,983        11,475       5,454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     31,311        22,677       14,117  

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount

     2,770        2,770       2,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income allocable to common stockholders

   $ 28,541      $ 19,907     $ 11,347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

   $ 3.28      $ 2.31     $ 1.48  

Diluted

   $ 3.25      $ 2.28     $ 1.46  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Net Income

   $ 31,311     $ 22,677     $ 14,117  

Other comprehensive income:

      

Unrealized gains on securities available for sale

     24,114       12,373       15,071  

Tax expense

     (9,090     (4,671     (5,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net of tax amount

     15,024       7,702       9,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

     (21,425     (4,878     (1,261

Tax benefit

     8,142       1,854       479  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net of tax amount

     (13,283     (3,024     (782
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actuarial loss reclassified to periodic cost

     —         —         (349

Tax benefit

     —         —         295  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net of tax amount

     —         —         (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation reclassified to periodic cost

     —         —         61  

Tax expense

     —         —         (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net of tax amount

     —         —         38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     1,741       4,678       8,546  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 33,052     $ 27,355     $ 22,663  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011  
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)             

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 93,629     $ 70,889  

Cash in non-owned ATMs

     406,627       397,119  

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

     631       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     500,887       468,017  

Investment securities, available-for-sale

     907,498       859,362  

Investment securities, trading

     12,590       12,432  

Loans held-for-sale

     12,758       10,185  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $43,922 at December 31, 2012 and $53,080 at December 31, 2011

     2,723,916       2,702,589  

Bank-owned life insurance

     62,915       63,392  

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost

     31,165       35,756  

Assets acquired through foreclosure

     4,622       11,695  

Accrued interest receivable

     9,652       11,743  

Premises and equipment

     38,257       35,964  

Goodwill

     28,146       28,146  

Intangible assets

     5,174       6,139  

Other assets

     37,568       43,588  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,375,148     $ 4,289,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities:

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 631,026     $ 525,444  

Interest-bearing demand

     538,195       389,495  

Money market

     933,901       805,570  

Savings

     389,977       368,390  

Time

     316,986       412,027  

Jumbo certificates of deposit

     294,237       346,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

     3,104,322       2,847,494  

Brokered deposits

     170,641       287,810  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     3,274,963       3,135,304  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     110,000       50,000  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     376,310       538,682  

Trust preferred borrowings

     67,011       67,011  

Senior debt

     55,000       —    

Other borrowed funds

     28,945       67,927  

Accrued interest payable

     1,099       1,910  

Other liabilities

     40,766       36,041  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,954,094       3,896,875  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

    

Serial preferred stock $.01 par value, 7,500,000 shares authorized; issued 52,625 at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     1       1  

Common stock $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; issued 18,354,055 at December 31, 2012 and 18,258,714 at December 31, 2011

     184       182  

Capital in excess of par value

     222,978       220,163  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     12,943       11,202  

Retained earnings

     433,228       408,865  

Treasury stock at cost, 9,580,569 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     (248,280     (248,280
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     421,054       392,133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 4,375,148     $ 4,289,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     Preferred
Stock
     Common
Stock
     Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
(In Thousands)                                             

Balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 1      $ 166      $ 166,627     $ (2,022   $ 385,308     $ (248,280   $ 301,800  

Net income

     —           —           —          —          14,117       —          14,117  

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          8,546       —          —          8,546  

Cash dividend, $0.48 per share

     —           —           —          —          (3,575     —          (3,575

Issuance of common stock, including proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     —           14        48,749       —          —          —          48,763  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           269       —          —          —          269  

Issuance of restricted stock

     —           —           192       —          —          —          192  

Tax benefit from exercises of common stock options (1)

     —           —           341       —          —          —          341  

Preferred stock cash dividends

     —           —           —          —          (2,631     —          (2,631

Preferred stock discount accretion

     —           —           138       —          (138     —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 1      $ 180      $ 216,316     $ 6,524     $ 393,081     $ (248,280   $ 367,822  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —           —           —          —          22,677       —          22,677  

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          4,678       —          —          4,678  

Cash dividend, $0.48 per share

     —           —           —          —          (4,126     —          (4,126

Issuance of common stock, including proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     —           2        1,122       —          —          —          1,124  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           1,343       —          —          —          1,343  

Issuance of restricted stock

     —           —           470       —          —          —          470  

Tax benefit from exercises of common stock options (1)

     —           —           776       —          —          —          776  

Preferred stock cash dividends

     —           —           —          —          (2,631     —          (2,631

Preferred stock discount accretion

     —           —           136       —          (136     —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 1      $ 182      $ 220,163     $ 11,202     $ 408,865     $ (248,280   $ 392,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —           —           —          —          31,311       —          31,311  

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          1,741       —          —          1,741  

Cash dividend, $0.48 per share

     —           —           —          —          (4,179     —          (4,179

Issuance of common stock including proceeds from exercise of common stock options (1)

     —           2        2,501       —          —          —          2,503  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           1,577       —          —          —          1,577  

Tax benefit from exercises of common stock options

     —           —           399       —          —          —          399  

Preferred stock cash dividends

     —           —           —          —          (2,631     —          (2,631

Preferred stock discount accretion

     —           —           138       —          (138     —          —     

Repurchase of warrant

     —           —           (1,800     —          —          —          (1,800
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 1      $ 184      $ 222,978     $ 12,943     $ 433,228     $ (248,280   $ 421,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1) Net of deferred tax adjustments for expired options

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 31,311     $ 22,677     $ 14,117  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     32,053       27,996       41,883  

Depreciation of premises and equipment

     5,139       5,015       4,979  

Amortization, net

     12,261       6,123       1,685  

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

     2,091       22       959  

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     2,491       (3,076     2,996  

Origination of loans held-for-sale

     (190,961     (97,883     (138,624

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

     222,369       104,133       134,560  

Gain on mortgage banking activity, net

     (2,846     (1,524     (2,257

Gain on mark to market adjustment on trading securities

     (125     —         (249

Gain on sale of securities, net

     (21,300     (4,878     (782

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,976       1,810       796  

Excess tax benefits from share based payment arrangements

     (399     (776     (341

Decrease in accrued interest payable

     (811     (1,407     (1,038

Increase in other liabilities

     4,763       13,152       2,150  

Loss on sale of premises and equipment

     —         115       —    

Loss on sale of assets acquired through foreclosure and valuation adjustments, net

     3,701       4,049       3,766  

Decrease in value of bank-owned life insurance

     (1,544     (2,035     (732

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     3,591       2,978       (2,183

(Increase) decrease in capitalized interest, net

     (728     (143     287  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     103,032       76,348       61,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Maturities and calls of investment securities

     9,039       11,943       12,380  

Sales of investment securities available for sale

     769,982       335,959       154,644  

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

     (941,376     (621,138     (393,175

Repayments of investment securities available for sale

     131,212       175,691       204,414  

Repayments on reverse mortgages

     —         264       62  

Disbursements for reverse mortgages

     (189     (441     (193

Proceeds from loan disposition

     —         —         3,775  

Purchase of Christiana Bank and Trust, net cash received

     —         —         40,332  

Net increase in loans

     (96,435     (189,701     (43,062

Payments from bank-owned life insurance

     2,021       2,886       —    

Net decrease in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

     4,591       1,780       1,965  

Sales of assets acquired through foreclosure, net

     14,016       11,611       8,887  

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

     —         824       —    

Investment in premises and equipment

     (8,111     (10,494     (5,732
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (115,250     (280,816     (15,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued on next page)

  

 

68


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Financing Activities:

      

Net increase in demand and savings deposits

   $ 393,493     $ 285,398     $ 169,381  

Net (decrease) increase in time deposits

     (147,372     (23,381     20,336  

(Decrease) increase in brokered deposits

     (117,361     38,804       (99,689

Increase in Loan payable

     1,727       —         —    

Receipts from federal funds purchased and securities sold

under agreement to repurchase

     19,027,675       13,350,000       18,470,000  

Repayments of federal funds purchased and securities sold

under agreement to repurchase

     (18,967,675     (13,400,000     (18,470,000

Receipts from FHLB advances

     39,981,624       14,046,295       25,128,164  

Repayments of FHLB advances

     (40,143,996     (13,996,572     (25,252,349

Repayment of unsecured debt

     (30,000     —         —    

Issuance of Senior Debt

     52,681       —         —    

Dividends paid

     (6,810     (6,718     (6,206

Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options

     2,503       1,124       48,763  

Repurchase of common stock warrants

     (1,800     —         —    

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

     399       776       341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     45,088       295,726       8,741  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     32,870       91,258       55,010  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     468,017       376,759       321,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 500,887     $ 468,017     $ 376,759  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid in interest during the year

   $ 24,099     $ 34,012     $ 42,655  

Cash paid for income taxes, net

     13,806       3,150       10,520  

Loans transferred to assets acquired through foreclosure

     9,953       18,331       12,732  

Loans transferred from portfolio to held-for-sale

     31,987       —         —    

Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,741       4,678       8,546  

Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash received

     —         —         121,735  

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     —         —         177,942  

Settlement of pending sale of premises and equipment

     —         —         6,515  

Non-cash goodwill adjustments, net

     —         1,401       —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

 

69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “WSFS”, “we,” “our” or “us”) is a savings and loan holding company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal wholly-owned subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”), is a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States which, at December 31, 2012, served customers from our 51 offices located in Delaware (42), Pennsylvania (7), Virginia (1), and Nevada (1).

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that, in 2013, actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to significant estimates are items such as the allowance for loan losses and lending-related commitments, goodwill and intangible assets, post-retirement obligations, the fair value of financial instruments, investment in reverse mortgage, income taxes and other-than-temporary impairments. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets and establishment of allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments as well as increased post-retirement expense.

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the parent company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc (“Montchanin”).

WSFS Bank has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, including WSFS Investment Group, Inc. (“WIG”) and Monarch Entity Services LLC (“Monarch”). WIG markets various third-party insurance and securities products to Bank customers through the Bank’s retail banking system. Monarch provides commercial domicile services which include employees, directors, subleases and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada.

Montchanin was formed to provide asset management products and services. Montchanin has one wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”). Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm servicing high net worth individuals and institutions and has approximately $597 million in assets under management at December 31, 2012.

WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”) is our unconsolidated subsidiary, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities. The proceeds from this issue were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred Securities (formerly, WSFS Capital Trust I). WSFS Capital Trust I invested all of the proceeds from the sale of the Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities in our Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Whenever necessary, reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the current year’s presentation. All significant intercompany transactions were eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in non-owned ATMs, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.

 

70


Table of Contents

Debt and Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities that have a readily determinable fair value and investments in debt securities are classified into three categories and accounted for as follows:

 

   

Debt securities with the positive intention to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and reported at amortized cost.

 

   

Debt and equity securities purchased with the intention of selling them in the near future are classified as “trading securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.

 

   

Debt and equity securities not classified in either of the above are classified as “available-for-sale securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Debt and equity securities include mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. Government and agency securities and certain equity securities. Premiums and discounts on debt and equity securities, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale, are recognized in interest income using a level yield method over the period to expected maturity. The fair value of debt and equity securities is primarily obtained from third-party pricing services. Implicit in the valuation are estimated prepayments based on historical and current market conditions.

When we conclude an investment security is other-than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”), a loss for the difference between the investment security’s carrying value and its fair value may be recognized as a reduction to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. For an investment in a debt security, if we do not intend to sell the investment security and conclude that it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovering the carrying value, which may be maturity, the OTTI charge is separated into “credit” and “other” components. The “other” component of the OTTI is included in other comprehensive income/loss, net of the tax effect, and the “credit” component of the OTTI is included as a reduction to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. We are required to use our judgment to determine impairment in certain circumstances. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities. All sales are made without recourse.

Investment in Reverse Mortgages

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages in accordance with the instructions provided by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) entitled “Accounting for Pools of Uninsured Residential Reverse Mortgage Contracts,” which requires grouping the individual reverse mortgages into “pools” and recognizing income based on the estimated effective yield of the pool. In computing the effective yield, we must project the cash inflows and outflows of the pool including actuarial projections of the life expectancy of the individual contract holder and changes in the collateral value of the residence. At each reporting date, a new economic forecast is made of the cash inflows and outflows of each pool of reverse mortgages. The effective yield of each pool is recomputed and income is adjusted to reflect the revised rate of return. Because of this highly specialized accounting, the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets can result in significant volatility associated with estimations. As a result, income recognition can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period.

For additional detail regarding reverse mortgages, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans

Loans are stated net of deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is recognized using the level yield method. Loan origination fees, commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loans using a level yield method over the period to maturity.

 

71


Table of Contents

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. In addition, all loans restructured in a troubled debt restructuring are considered to be impaired. Impaired loans include loans within our commercial, commercial mortgage, commercial construction, residential mortgages and consumer portfolios. Our policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans is the same as for nonaccrual loans discussed below.

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

A loan is considered to be past due on the day after a principal or interest payment is due. Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in our opinion, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is contractually past due 90 days or more. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of the loan. Loans are returned to an accrual status when the borrower’s ability to make periodic principal and interest payments has returned to normal (i.e. consistent repayment record, generally six consecutive payments, has been demonstrated) and the paying capacity of the borrower or the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient to cover principal and interest in accordance with our previously established loan-to-value policies.

Allowances for Loan Losses

We maintain allowances for loan losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios.

We have established the loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided by the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements which include: specific allowances for identified impaired loans, allowances for pools of homogeneous loans, adjustments for qualitative and environmental factors and allowances for model estimation and complexity risk. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Troubled debt restructures consist of concessions granted to borrowers facing financial difficulty.

For additional detail regarding the provision for loan losses, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Assets Held-for-Sale

Assets held-for-sale includes loans held-for-sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate or, in some cases, individual assets.

Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure

Assets acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans or their fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs subsequently incurred to improve the assets are included in the carrying value provided that the resultant carrying value does not exceed fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs relating to holding or disposing of the assets are charged to expense in the current period. We write-

 

72


Table of Contents

down the value of the assets when declines in fair value below the carrying value are identified. Loan workout and OREO expenses include costs of holding and operating the assets, net gains or losses on sales of the assets and provisions for losses to reduce such assets to fair value less estimated disposal costs. During 2012, we recorded $4.3 million in additional charges (including write-downs and net losses on sales of assets) related to assets acquired through foreclosure (REO). These charges were $5.9 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs of major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the related lease if less than the estimated useful life. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, and FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are recorded at fair value. We consider our accounting policies related to goodwill and other intangible assets to be critical because the assumptions or judgment used in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in past acquisitions are subjective and complex. As a result, changes in these assumptions or judgment could have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

For additional information regarding our goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

We enter into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. The securities underlying the agreements are assets. Generally, federal funds are purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days.

Loss Contingency for Standby Letters of Credit

We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this contingency when such losses are realized. The determination of the loss contingency for standby letters of credit requires significant judgment reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses related to standby letters of credit.

Loss Contingency for Unfunded Commitments

We maintain a loss contingency for unfunded commitments. The determination of the loss contingency for unfunded commitments requires significant judgment reflecting managements best estimate of probable losses related to unfunded commitments.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

We account for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold

 

73


Table of Contents

and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.

Earnings Per Share

The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)  

Numerator:

        

Net income allocable to common shareholders

   $ 28,541      $ 19,907      $ 11,347  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Denominator for basic earnings per share — weighted average shares

     8,712        8,606        7,655  

Effect of dilutive employee stock options, restricted stock and warrants

     78        111        131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share — adjusted weighted average shares and assumed exercise

     8,790        8,717        7,786  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Basic:

        

Net income allocable to common shareholders

   $ 3.28      $ 2.31      $ 1.48  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted:

        

Net income allocable to common shareholders

   $ 3.25      $ 2.28      $ 1.46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect

     276        534        602  

 

74


Table of Contents

2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following table details the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s investment securities available-for-sale (which includes reverse mortgages):

 

     Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 
     (In Thousands)  

Available-for-sale securities:

         

December 31, 2012:

         

Reverse mortgages

   $ (457   $       $      $ (457

U.S. Government and government sponsored enterprises (“GSE”)

     46,726       266        (2     46,990  

State and political subdivisions

     3,120       89               3,209  

Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (“CMO”)(1)

     251,848       7,849        (301     259,396  

Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”)

     396,910       9,588        (243     406,255  

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation MBS (“FHLMC”)

     58,596       1,171        (117     59,650  

Government National Mortgage Association MBS (“GNMA”)

     129,288       3,221        (54     132,455  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 886,031     $ 22,184      $ (717   $ 907,498  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

         

Reverse mortgages

   $ (646   $       $      $ (646

GSE

     38,776       262        (13     39,025  

State and political subdivisions

     4,159       39        (8     4,190  

CMO(1)

     323,980       6,933        (2,527     328,386  

FNMA

     320,019       9,379        (44     329,354  

FHLMC

     93,305       1,781               95,086  

GNMA

     60,991       3,033        (57     63,967  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 840,584     $ 21,427      $ (2,649   $ 859,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading securities:

         

December 31, 2012

         

CMO

   $ 12,590     $       $      $ 12,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

         

CMO

   $ 12,432     $       $      $ 12,432  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes agency CMO and SASCO 2002 RM-1 Class O securities classified as available-for-sale.

At December 31, 2012, unrealized gains (net of unrealized losses) totaled $21.5 million compared to $18.8 million at December 31, 2011, despite the recognition of $21.3 million in net securities gains during 2012.

 

75


Table of Contents

The scheduled maturities of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

     Available-for Sale  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (In Thousands)  

2012

     

Within one year (1)

   $ 18,544      $ 18,658  

After one year but within five years

     28,855        29,034  

After five years but within ten years

     321,103        329,580  

After ten years

     517,529        530,226  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 886,031      $ 907,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

     

Within one year (1)

   $ 7,916      $ 7,966  

After one year but within five years

     32,225        32,465  

After five years but within ten years

     129,597        135,649  

After ten years

     670,846        683,282  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 840,584      $ 859,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities. We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year.

The portfolio of available-for-sale MBS includes 156 securities with an amortized cost of $836.6 million comprised of all GSE securities. All securities were AAA-rated at the time of purchase. All securities were re-evaluated for OTTI at December 31, 2012. The result of this evaluation showed no OTTI for 2012. The weighted average duration of the MBS portfolio was 5.0 years at December 31, 2012, and 3.6 years at December 31, 2011.

MBS have expected maturities that differ from their contractual maturities. These differences arise because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without a prepayment penalty.

At December 31, 2012, investment securities with market values aggregating $486.9 million were pledged as collateral for retail customer repurchase agreements, municipal deposits, and other obligations. From time to time, investment securities are also pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowings. There were no FHLB pledged investment securities at December 31, 2012.

During 2012, we sold $770.0 million of investment securities categorized as available-for-sale for net gains of $21.3 million. In 2011, proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale were $335.9 million and resulted in net gains of $4.9 million. A portion of these sales during 2012 were the result of the completion of the Asset Strategies undertaken during the second quarter and were mainly due to maintaining the capital and earnings neutrality of these efforts. Another portion of these gains were the result of a program to deleverage our balance sheet by $125.0 million of MBS. The remaining sales were completed as part of our ongoing portfolio management aimed at minimizing credit risk and decreasing prepayment/premium risk due to faster prepayments caused by declining mortgage interest rates in this historically-low rate environment. The cost basis of all investment securities sales are based on the specific identification method.

As of December 31, 2012, our investment securities portfolio had remaining unamortized premiums of $23.5 million. In addition, at December 31, 2012 we had $197,000 of unaccreted discounts related to our investment securities portfolio.

At December 31, 2012, we owned investment securities totaling $111.3 million in which the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on those securities were $717,000 at December 31, 2012. The

 

76


Table of Contents

temporary impairment is the result of changes in market interest rates subsequent to the purchase of the securities. Our investment portfolio is reviewed each quarter for indications of impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer and our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market. We evaluate our intent and ability to hold securities based upon our investment strategy for the particular type of security and our cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position. In addition, we do not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely-than-not we will be required to sell these securities before we are able to recover the amortized cost basis.

For these investment securities with unrealized losses, the table below shows our gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012.

 

     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
 
     (In Thousands)  

Available-for-sale securities:

                 

U.S. Government and agencies

   $ 2,008      $ 2      $ —         $ —         $ 2,008      $ 2  

State and political subdivisions

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

CMO

     40,358        268        1,364        33        41,722        301  

FNMA

     43,696        243        —           —           43,696        243  

FHLMC

     13,884        117        —           —           13,884        117  

GNMA

     10,029        54        —           —           10,029        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired investments

   $ 109,975      $ 684      $ 1,364      $ 33      $ 111,339      $ 717  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For these investment securities with unrealized losses, the table below shows our gross unrealized losses and fair value by investment category and length of time that individual securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011.

 

     Less than 12 months      12 months or longer      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
 
     (In Thousands)  

Available-for-sale securities:

                 

U.S. Government and agencies

   $ 5,047      $ 13      $ —         $ —         $ 5,047      $ 13  

State and political subdivisions

     —           —           440        8        440        8  

CMO

     78,955        2,194        9,933        333        88,888        2,527  

FNMA

     6,959        44        —           —           6,959        44  

FHLMC

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

GNMA

     5,420        57        —           —           5,420        57  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired investments

   $ 96,381      $ 2,308      $ 10,373      $ 341      $ 106,754      $ 2,649  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We own $12.6 million par value of SASCO RM-1 2002 class B securities which are classified as trading, of which, $1.5 million is interest paid in kind. We expect to recover all principal and interest due to seasoning and excess collateral. Based on FASB ASC 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities (“ASC 320”) when these securities were acquired they were classified as trading because it was our intent to sell them in the near term. We use the guidance under ASC 320 to provide a reasonable estimate of fair value. We estimated the value of these securities based on the pricing of BBB+ securities that have an active market through a technique which estimates the fair value of this asset using the income approach as of December 31, 2012.

 

77


Table of Contents

During 2011, we purchased 100% of SASCO 2002-RM1 Class O certificates for $2.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the market value of the SASCO 2002-RM1 O securities was determined in accordance with FASB ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), to be $7.1 million. These securities have been included in our available-for-sale CMO portfolio since their purchase.

3. REVERSE MORTGAGES AND RELATED ASSETS

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of $(457,000) at December 31, 2012 representing a participation in 14 reverse mortgages with a third party. These loans were originated in the early 1990s.

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout each borrower’s life or until each borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows from these mortgage loans can result in volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a positive $12,000 in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to a negative $137,000 in 2011 and a negative $287,000 in 2010. The results for 2012 reflect an improvement in housing prices during the year. The previous two years’ decreases were due to a decline in property values securing these mortgages, which were based on annual re-evaluation and consistent with the decreases in home values over those two years.

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagees and the future changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is one of the factors affecting the volatility of reverse mortgage values. The current assumptions include a short-term annual depreciation rate of zero in the first year, and a long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years. If the long-term appreciation rate was increased or decreased by 1%, the impact on income would not be material.

We hold Class B (BBB+ rated) mortgage-backed securities classified as trading and 100% of Class O Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned as available-for-sale. A third-party model uses the income approach as described in ASC 820-10-35-32. The model is a present value cash flow model, consistent with ASC 820-10-55-5 which describes the components of a present value measurement. The model incorporates the projected cash flows of the notes and then discounts these cash flows using a rate that is commensurate with the risk adjusted rate. The inputs to the model reflect our expectations of what other market participants would use in pricing this asset in a current transaction and therefore is consistent with ASC 820 that sets out an exit price methodology for determining fair value.

To value these securities as of December 31, 2012 the Bank continued to use their proprietary model and actual cash flow information as of the December 25, 2012 distribution date to provide estimated future cash flows. This process is consistent with what was performed in determining the price. There are three main drivers of cash flows: 1) Prepayments 2) House Price Appreciation (HPA) forecasts and 3) Interest Rates.

 

  1. Prepayments – “one year look back” comparing the actual cash flows to the forecasted cash flows based on the assumptions used. Using 50% of the base case forecasted cash flows to actual cash flows confirms the reasonableness of the prepayment assumption.

 

  2. House Price Appreciation – Consistent with other reverse mortgage analysis the following forecasts were obtained from various market sources. A 2% decline for year one and then a 2% recovery for year 2 continues to be appropriate given the nature of reverse mortgage collateral and historical under performance to the broad housing market.

 

78


Table of Contents
  3. Interest Rates – Lastly, the forward rates as of December 31, 2012 on one month LIBOR are consistent with the assumptions used for future interest rates (one month LIBOR ramping up to 3% over ten years).

4. LOANS

The following table details our loan portfolio by category:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

(In Thousands)

     

Commercial (1)

   $ 704,491      $ 1,460,812  

Owner-occupied commercial

     770,581        —     

Commercial Mortgage

     631,365        626,739  

Construction

     133,375        106,268  

Residential

     243,627        274,105  

Consumer

     289,001        290,979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,772,440        2,758,903  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less:

     

Deferred fees, net

     4,602        3,234  

Allowance for loan losses

     43,922        53,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loans

   $ 2,723,916      $ 2,702,589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances

Nonaccruing loans aggregated $47.8 million, $71.1 million and $76.8 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. If interest on all such loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual terms, net interest income would have increased by $1.6 million in 2012, $3.1 million in 2011, and $2.3 million in 2010.

The total amounts of loans serviced for others were $263.4 million, $308.1 million and $358.8 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, all of which were residential first mortgage loans. We received fees from the servicing of loans of $359,000, $445,000 and $508,000 during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We record mortgage-servicing rights on our mortgage loan-servicing portfolio. Mortgage servicing rights represent the present value of the future net servicing fees from servicing mortgage loans we acquire or originate. The value of these servicing rights was $240,000 and $216,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in loans in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition. Changes in the valuation of these servicing rights resulted in net income of $24,000 during 2012 and net expense of $70,000 during 2011. Revenues from originating, marketing and servicing mortgage loans as well as valuation adjustments related to capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in mortgage banking activities, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Accrued interest receivable on loans outstanding was $7.6 million and $8.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Beginning balance

   $ 53,080     $ 60,339     $ 53,446  

Provision for loan losses

     32,053       27,996       41,883  

Loans charged-off (1)

     (45,802     (37,833     (37,566

Recoveries (2)

     4,591       2,578       2,576  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 43,922     $ 53,080     $ 60,339  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 2012, 2011 and 2010 includes $1.1 million, $869,000 and $1.0 million of overdraft charge-offs, respectively.
(2) 2012, 2011 and 2010 includes $363,000, $348,000 and $375,000 of overdraft recoveries, respectively.

These results included the impact of our Asset Strategies resulting in the bulk sale of $42.7 million of problem loans. During 2012, net charge-offs totaled $41.2 million, or 1.49%, of average loans annualized (including $14.2 million related to Asset Strategies), compared to $35.3 million, or 1.32%, of average loans in 2011. We charge loans off when they are deemed to be uncollectable.

5. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY INFORMATION

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses and charge losses to this allowance when such losses are realized. We established our loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (“SAB 102”). The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified impaired loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios. The following are included in Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

   

Specific reserves for impaired loans

 

   

Allowances for pools of homogenous loans based on historical loss experience

 

   

Adjustments for qualitative and environmental factors

 

   

Allowance for model estimation and complexity risk

Specific reserves are established for impaired loans where we have identified significant conditions or circumstances related to specific credits that indicate losses are probable. Unless loans are well-secured and collection is imminent, all loans that are 90 days past due are deemed impaired. Reserves for impaired loans are generally charged-off within 90 days of impairment recognition. Estimated losses are based on collateral values, estimates of future cash flows, or market valuations.

Allowances for pooled homogeneous loans, that are not deemed impaired, are based on historical loss experience. Estimated losses for pooled portfolios are determined differently for commercial loan pools and consumer loan pools. Commercial loans are pooled into following segments: Business Loans (Commercial and Industrial Loans), Commercial Real Estate – Owner-Occupied, Commercial Real Estate – Investor, and Construction Loans. Each pool is further segmented by internally assessed risk ratings. Loan losses for commercial loans are estimated by determining the probability of default and expected loss severity upon default. Probability of default is calculated based on the historical rate of migration to impaired status during the last three years. Loss severity is calculated as the actual loan losses (net of recoveries) on impaired loans in the respective pool during the last three years. Retail loans are pooled into following segments: residential mortgage loans, home equity secured loans, and all other consumer loans. Pooled reserves for retail loans are calculated based on the previous three year average loss rate.

 

80


Table of Contents

Qualitative and environmental adjustment factors are taken into consideration when determining the above reserve estimates or core reserves. These adjustment factors are based upon our evaluation of various current internal and external conditions including:

 

   

Assessment of current underwriting policies, staff, and portfolio mix

 

   

Internal trends of delinquency, non-accrual and criticized loans by segment

 

   

Assessment of risk rating accuracy, control and regulatory assessments/environment

 

   

General economic conditions – locally and nationally

 

   

Market trends impacting collateral values

 

   

Competitive environment as it could impact loan structure and underwriting

The above factors are based on their relative standing compared to the period which historic losses are used in core reserve estimates and current directional trends. Each individual qualitative and environmental factor in our model can add or subtract to core reserves. As of December 31, 2012, these factors, in aggregate, added 5.9% of core reserves to the allowance.

The final component of the allowance is a reserve for model estimation and complexity risk. The calculation of reserves is generally quantitative; however, qualitative estimates of valuations and risk assessment are necessary. We currently increase our calculated reserves to account for model estimation and complexity risk, which was approximately 2% at December 31, 2012.

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review the conditions and risks associated with individual problem loans. In addition, various regulatory agencies and loan review consultants periodically review our loan ratings and allowance for loan losses.

During 2012, we continued to enhance and improve the methodology and data used for calculating our allowance for loan losses. These enhancements and improvements were made over the course of the year and included the following:

 

   

Used a three year loss migration analysis to determine the probability of default. Previously, the probability of default was determined using recent default activity and qualitative factors.

 

   

Segregated the commercial loan segment to more specifically analyze the risks associated with business, owner-occupied CRE, investor CRE and construction loan portfolios,

 

   

Qualitative adjustment factors expanded to mirror commercial loan segmentation,

 

   

Established a portion of the allowance for loan losses related to model estimation and complexity risk,

 

   

Conducted our annual updating of our risk migration analysis. Prospectively, we will update risk migration quarterly,

 

   

Calculated loss severity based solely on last three year historic loss rate by commercial loan segment pools. Previously, loss severity considered attributes of individual loans and qualitative considerations.

 

   

Shortened the loss emergence period used for consumer loans. Historical loss rates are now based on the past three years. Historical loss rates were previously calculated on the past five years and adjusted for loss emergence qualitative considerations.

The combined impact of these changes was not significant to the total allowance for loan losses; however, the allocation shifted among various loan pools. Commercial loan pools are allocated more reserves due to their estimated higher loss severity and consumer loan pools are allocated less reserves due to shortening of their estimated loss emergence periods. Our conclusion, as of December 31, 2011, that our total allowance for loan losses of $53.1 million was sufficient to cover losses in the portfolio did not change as a result of implementing our improved allowance for loan losses methodology.

 

81


Table of Contents

The following tables provide an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and loan balances as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

    Commercial     Owner
Occupied
Commercial  (1)
    Commercial
Mortgages
    Construction     Residential     Consumer     Complexity
Risk (2)
    Total  
    (In Thousands)  

Twelve months ended December 31, 2012

               

Allowance for loan losses

               

Beginning balance

  $ 15,067      $ 9,235      $ 7,556      $ 4,074      $ 6,544      $ 10,604      $ —        $ 53,080   

Charge-offs

    (12,806     (5,076     (6,517     (10,820     (3,857     (6,726     —         (45,802

Recoveries

    1,536       13       405       1,761       176       700       —         4,591  

Provision

    9,866       1,936       6,635       11,441       261       1,053       861       32,053  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 13,663      $ 6,108      $ 8,079      $ 6,456      $ 3,124      $ 5,631      $ 861      $ 43,922   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period-end allowance allocated to:

               

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,100      $ 1      $ 1,887      $ 28      $ 919      $ 16      $ —        $ 4,951   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    11,563       6,107       6,192       6,428       2,205       5,615       861       38,971  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 13,663      $ 6,108      $ 8,079      $ 6,456      $ 3,124      $ 5,631      $ 861      $ 43,922   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period-end loan balances evaluated for:

               

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 4,861      $ 14,001      $ 12,634      $ 1,547      $ 18,483      $ 6,329      $ —        $ 57,855 (3) 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    699,630       756,580       618,731       131,828       225,144       282,672       —         2,714,585  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 704,491      $ 770,581      $ 631,365      $ 133,375      $ 243,627      $ 289,001      $ —        $ 2,772,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Commercial     Commercial
Mortgages
    Construction     Residential     Consumer     Total  
    (In Thousands)  

Twelve months ended December 31, 2011

           

Allowance for credit losses

           

Beginning balance

  $ 26,480      $ 10,564      $ 10,019      $ 4,028      $ 9,248      $ 60,339   

Charge-offs

    (9,419     (7,446     (11,602     (3,165     (6,201     (37,833

Recoveries

    897       334       582       211       554       2,578  

Provision

    6,344       4,104       5,075       5,470       7,003       27,996  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 24,302      $ 7,556      $ 4,074      $ 6,544      $ 10,604      $ 53,080   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period-end allowance allocated to:

           

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,630      $ 295      $ 723      $ 964      $ 101      $ 4,713   

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    21,672       7,261       3,351       5,580       10,503       48,367  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 24,302      $ 7,556      $ 4,074      $ 6,544      $ 10,604      $ 53,080   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period-end loan balances evaluated for:

           

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 23,193      $ 15,814      $ 22,124      $ 16,227      $ 2,621      $ 79,979 (3) 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,437,619       610,925       84,144       257,878       288,358       2,678,924  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 1,460,812      $ 626,739      $ 106,268      $ 274,105      $ 290,979      $ 2,758,903   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances.
(2) Represents the portion of the allowance for loan losses established to account for the inherent complexity and uncertainty of estimates.
(3) The difference between this amount and nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, represents accruing troubled debt restructured loans of $10.1 million and $8.9 million, respectively.

 

82


Table of Contents

Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans

Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. We discontinue accrual of interest on originated loans after payments become more than 90 days past due, or earlier if we do not expect the full collection of principal or interest in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement is probable. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.

The following tables show our nonaccrual and past due loans at the dates indicated:

 

At Dec. 31, 2012

  30–59 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
    60–89 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
    Greater Than
90 Days

Past Due and
Still Accruing
    Total Past
Due

And Still
Accruing
    Accruing
Current
Balances
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Total
Loans
 
(In Thousands)                                          

Commercial

  $  1,214      $ —        $ —        $ 1,214      $ 698,416      $ 4,861      $ 704,491   

Owner occupied commercial (1)

    1,264       —         —         1,264       755,316     $ 14,001        770,581  

Commercial mortgages

    —         —         —         —         618,731       12,634       631,365  

Construction

    269       70       —         339       131,489       1,547       133,375  

Residential

    5,383       606       786       6,775       226,863       9,989       243,627  

Consumer

    971       526       —         1,497       282,776       4,728       289,001  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9,101      $ 1,202      $ 786      $ 11,089      $ 2,713,591      $ 47,760      $ 2,772,440   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total Loans

    0.33     0.04     0.03     0.40     97.88     1.72     100.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances.

 

At Dec. 31, 2011

(In Thousands)

   30–59 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
    60–89 Days
Past Due and
Still Accruing
    Greater Than
90 Days

Past Due and
Still
Accruing
    Total Past
Due

And Still
Accruing
    Accruing
Current
Balances
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Total
Loans
 

Commercial

   $ 1,087      $ 63      $ 78      $ 1,228      $ 1,436,504      $ 23,080      $ 1,460,812   

Commercial mortgages

     479       243       —         722       610,203       15,814       626,739  

Construction

     3,727       —         —         3,727       80,417       22,124       106,268  

Residential

     5,501       1,238       887       7,626       257,422       9,057       274,105  

Consumer

     2,783       709       —         3,492       286,469       1,018       290,979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,577      $ 2,253      $ 965      $ 16,795      $ 2,671,015      $ 71,093      $ 2,758,903   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total Loans

     0.49     0.08     0.04     0.61     96.81     2.58     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans

Loans for which it is probable we will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms, which is assessed based on the credit characteristics of the loan and/or payment status, are measured for impairment in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 310, Receivables. The amount of impairment is required to be measured using one of three methods: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a related allowance is allocated for the impairment.

The following tables provide an analysis of our impaired loans at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

2012

(In Thousands)

   Ending
Loan
Balances
     Loans with
No Related
Reserve (1)
     Loan with
Related
Reserve
     Related
Reserve
     Contractual
Principal
Balance
     Average
Loan
Balances
 

Commercial

   $ 4,861       $ 1,598       $ 3,263       $ 2,100       $ 12,060       $ 4,993   

Owner-Occupied Commercial (2)

     14,001        13,827        174        1        18,658        16,856  

Commercial mortgages

     12,634        5,422         7,212        1,887        22,192        10,233  

Construction

     1,547        1,172        375        28        17,711        11,239  

Residential

     18,483        11,053        7,430        919        20,771        16,917  

Consumer

     6,329        5,635        694        16        7,265        4,514  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $  57,855       $  38,707       $  19,148       $  4,951       $ 98,657       $  64,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

(In Thousands)

   Ending
Loan
Balances
     Loans with
No Related
Reserve (1)
     Loan with
Related
Reserve
     Related
Reserve
     Contractual
Principal
Balance
     Average
Loan
Balances
 

Commercial

   $ 23,193       $ 19,353       $ 3,840       $ 2,630       $ 26,815       $ 22,396   

Commercial mortgages

     15,814        13,602        2,212        295        21,278        16,237  

Construction

     22,124        14,166        7,958        723        34,862        27,323  

Residential

     16,227        9,649        6,578        964        19,312        17,480  

Consumer

     2,621        1,336        1,285        101        2,788        3,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79,979       $ 58,106       $ 21,873       $ 4,713       $ 105,055       $ 87,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects loan balances at their net realizable value.
(2) Prior to 2012 owner occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances.

The average impaired loan balanced as of December 31, 2010 was $77.6 million. Interest income of $985,000, $395,000 and $287,000 was recognized on impaired loans during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Credit Quality Indicators

Below is a description of each of our risk ratings for all commercial loans:

Pass. These borrowers presently show no current or potential problems and their loans are considered fully collectible. We further segment Pass ratings into six classifications ranging from Substantially Risk Free (secured by marketable securities within margin and cash secured) to Acceptable Risk.

Special Mention. Borrowers have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. Borrowers in this category may be experiencing adverse operating trends, e.g.: declining revenues or margins, high leverage, tight liquidity, or increasing inventory without increasing sales. These adverse trends can have a potential negative effect on the borrower’s repayment capacity. These assets are not adversely classified and do not expose the Bank to significant risk that would warrant a more severe rating. Borrowers in this category may also be experiencing significant management problems, pending litigation, or other structural credit weaknesses.

 

84


Table of Contents

Substandard. Borrowers have well-defined weaknesses that require extensive oversight by management. Borrowers in this category may exhibit one or more of the following: inadequate debt service coverage, unprofitable operations, insufficient liquidity, high leverage, and weak or inadequate capitalization. Relationships in this category are not adequately protected by the sound financial worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged on the loan, if any. The distinct possibility exists that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Borrowers have well-defined weaknesses inherent in the Substandard category with the added characteristic that the possibility of loss is extremely high. Current circumstances in the credit relationship make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable. A doubtful asset has some pending event that may strengthen the asset that defers the loss classification. Such impending events include: perfecting liens on additional collateral, obtaining collateral valuations, an acquisition or liquidation preceding, proposed merger, or refinancing plan.

Loss. Borrowers are uncollectible or of such negligible value that continuance as a bankable asset is not supportable. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical to defer writing off this asset even though partial recovery may be recognized sometime in the future.

In late 2011, we undertook a project to improve the precision of our loan rating system with a goal of recalibrating our loan rating classifications to current Office of the Comptroller of Currency and Federal Reserve Board standards and to better classify our Pass and Criticized loan categories. This resulted in the elimination of our last Pass grade or our “pass/watch” grade. The result of this grade elimination resulted in $67 million of previous “pass/watch” loans being reclassified to Criticized or Classified, with none going to nonaccrual status.

Residential and Consumer Loans

The residential and consumer loan portfolios are monitored on an ongoing basis using delinquency information and loan type as credit quality indicators. These credit quality indicators are assessed in the aggregate in these relatively homogeneous portfolios. Loans that are greater than 90 days past due are generally considered nonperforming and placed in nonaccrual status.

The following tables provide an analysis of problem loans:

Commercial credit exposure credit risk profile by internally assigned risk rating at December 31,:

 

                                        Total Commercial  
    Commercial     Owner-
Occupied

Commercial (1)
    Commercial
Mortgages
    Construction     2012     2011  
(In Thousands)   2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011     2012     2011     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Risk Rating:

                       

Special mention

  $ 14,611      $ 85,848      $ 27,398      $ —        $ 29,267      $ 50,044      $ 2,453      $ 9,747      $ 73,729        $ 145,639     

Substandard:

                       

Accrual

    63,074       107,896       44,899       —         6,222       13,664       5,755       19,039       119,950         140,599    

Nonaccrual

    1,598       23,193       13,827       —         5,422       15,814       1,172       22,124       22,019          61,131    

Doubtful/Nonaccrual

    3,263       —         174       —         7,212       —         375       —         11,024          —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Special Mention and Substandard

    82,546       216,937       86,298       —         48,123       79,522       9,755       50,910       226,722       10     347,369       16

Pass

    621,945       1,242,519       684,283       —         583,242       543,277       123,620       55,244       2,013,090       90       1,841,040       84  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 704,491      $ 1,459,456      $ 770,581      $ —        $ 631,365      $ 622,799      $ 133,375      $ 106,154      $ 2,239,812        100   $ 2,188,409        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

85


Table of Contents

Consumer credit exposure credit risk profile based on payment activity (in thousands):

 

                                 Total Residential and Consumer  
     Residential      Consumer      2012     2011  
     2012      2011      2012      2011      Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Nonperforming(2)

   $ 18,483       $ 16,227       $ 6,329       $ 2,621       $ 24,812         5   $ 18,848         3

Performing

     225,144        259,276        282,672        289,136        507,816        95       548,412        97  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 243,627       $ 275,503       $ 289,001       $ 291,757       $ 532,628         100   $ 567,260         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied commercial loans were included in commercial loan balances.
(2) Includes $10.1 million as of December 31, 2012 and $8.9 million as of December 31, 2011 of troubled debt restructured mortgages and home equity installment loans that are performing in accordance with the loans modified terms and are accruing interest.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDR)

In 2011, we adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. As such, we reassessed all loan modifications occurring in 2011 for identification as TDRs, resulting in no newly identified TDRs.

The balance of TDRs at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $22.0 million and $27.7 million, respectively. The balances at December 31, 2012 include approximately $11.9 million of TDRs in nonaccrual status and $10.1 million of TDRs in accrual status compared to $18.8 million of TDRs in nonaccrual status and $8.9 million of TDRs in accrual status at December 31, 2011. Approximately $936,000 and $1.3 million in related reserves have been established for these loans at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

During 2012, the terms of 112 loans were modified in TDRs, of which 18 were related to commercial loans that were already placed on nonaccrual. Nonaccruing restructured loans remain in nonaccrual status until there has been a period of sustained repayment performance, typically six months. Additionally, 81 of these TDRs were related to recent regulatory guidance requiring loans discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy, and not re-affirmed by the borrower, to be charged-off to their net realizable collateral values, to be considered TDRs and to be placed on nonaccrual regardless of their delinquency status. As a result, $4.7 million of performing loans (net of charge-offs) were reclassified to nonaccrual status and TDR status during 2012. Nonaccruing restructured loans remain in nonaccrual status until there has been a period of sustained repayment performance, typically six months. The remaining loans represented residential and consumer loans. Our concessions on restructured loans consisted mainly of forbearance agreements, reduction in interest rates or extensions of maturities. Principal balances are generally not forgiven by us when a loan is modified as a TDR.

The following table presents loans identified as TDRs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

(In Thousands)

   Twelve
Months Ended
December 31,
2012
     Twelve
Months Ended
December  31,
2011
 

Commercial

   $ 10,235       $ 2,914   

Commercial mortgages

     —          11,536  

Construction

     378        13,909  

Residential

     5,217        2,824  

Consumer

     2,386        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,216       $ 31,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

The TDRs described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $1.3 million through allocation of a related reserve, and resulted in charge offs of $8.5 million during the twelve months ending December 31, 2012, most of which had been previously identified and reserved for in prior periods, compared to an increase in allowance for loan losses of $1.4 million and charge offs of $8.9 million during the twelve months ending December 31, 2011.

There was one residential TDR in the amount of $84,000 which defaulted (defined as past due 90 days) during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 that was restructured within the last twelve months prior to December 31, 2012.

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Land, office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment, at cost, are summarized by major classifications:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  
(In Thousands)       

Land

   $ 1,362      $ 1,562  

Buildings

     4,020        6,708  

Leasehold improvements

     35,011        32,804  

Furniture and equipment

     35,912        38,253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     76,305        79,327  

Less:

     

Accumulated depreciation

     38,048        43,363  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 38,257      $ 35,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the related lease if less than the estimated useful life. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively.

We occupy certain premises including some with renewal options, and operate certain equipment under noncancelable leases with terms ranging primarily from 1 to 25 years. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. Accordingly, lease costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with FASB ASC 840-20 Operating Leases. Rent expense was $9.0 million in 2012, $7.9 million in 2011 and $5.7 million in 2010 and includes the costs related to our eight new branches since 2010, the relocation of our operations center in 2012 and additional lease renewals during the period. Future minimum cash payments under these leases at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In Thousands)

  

2013

   $ 7,937  

2014

     7,708  

2015

     7,574  

2016

     7,350  

2017

     7,331  

Thereafter

     159,993  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 197,893  
  

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

7. DEPOSITS

The following is a summary of deposits by category, including a summary of the remaining time to maturity for time deposits:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  
(In Thousands)              

Money market and demand:

     

Noninterest-bearing demand

   $ 631,026      $ 525,444  

Interest-bearing demand

     538,195        389,495  

Money market

     933,901        805,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total money market and demand

     2,103,122        1,720,509  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Savings

     389,977        368,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Customer certificates of deposit by maturity:

     

Less than one year

     202,604        261,000  

One year to two years

     45,955        86,097  

Two years to three years

     60,879        3,219  

Three years to four years

     5,894        60,267  

Over four years

     1,654        1,444  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer time certificates

     316,986        412,027  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Jumbo certificates of deposits, by maturity:

     

Less than one year

     234,716        254,583  

One year to two years

     20,581        52,753  

Two years to three years

     36,561        2,935  

Three years to four years

     2,031        36,196  

Over four years

     348        101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total jumbo certificates of deposit

     294,237        346,568  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

     3,104,322        2,847,494  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Brokered deposits less than one year

     170,641        287,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 3,274,963      $ 3,135,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense by category follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012      2011      2010  
(In Thousands)                     

Interest-bearing demand

   $ 246      $ 405      $ 435  

Money market

     1,759        2,897        4,301  

Savings

     431        1,465        494  

Time deposits

     9,531        13,548        16,070  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer interest expense

     11,967        18,315        21,300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Brokered deposits

     1,134        816        1,797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense on deposits

   $ 13,101      $ 19,131      $ 23,097  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

8. BORROWED FUNDS

The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type:

 

At or for the twelve months ended:    Balance at
End of
Period
     Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
    Maximum
Outstanding
at Month
End During
the Period
     Average
Amount
Outstanding
During the
Period
     Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
During
the
Period
 

December 31, 2012

     (Dollars in Thousands)   

FHLB advances

   $ 376,310        0.57   $ 588,052      $ 466,243        1.32

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     110,000        0.90       125,000        101,106        0.99  

Trust preferred borrowings

     67,011        2.08       67,011        67,011        2.17  

Senior Debt

     55,000        6.25       55,000        19,085        6.68  

Other borrowed funds

     28,945        0.09       64,599        33,924        0.41  

December 31, 2011

             

FHLB advances

   $ 538,682        1.49   $ 676,093      $ 561,117        1.75

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     50,000        1.68       100,000        78,685        1.50  

Trust preferred borrowings

     67,011        2.30       67,011        67,011        2.02  

Other borrowed funds

     67,927        1.26       74,859        71,431        1.30  

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh with rates ranging from 0.17% to 4.45% at December 31, 2012 are due as follows:

 

     Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

2013

   $ 318,249        0.53

2014

     35,895        1.07  

2015

     22,166        0.58  
  

 

 

    
   $ 376,310        0.58  
  

 

 

    

Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB.

As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, we are required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 0.35% of our member asset value plus 4.60% of advances outstanding. We were in compliance with this requirement with a stock investment in FHLB of Pittsburgh of $31.2 million at December 31, 2012. This stock is carried on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition at cost, which approximates liquidation value.

At December 31, 2012 we had $31.2 million of FHLB stock compared to $35.8 million at December 31, 2011. In 2010, a limited repurchase of capital stock was reinstated and during 2011 net capital stock repurchases from us totaled $1.8 million. We received no dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh during 2011 or 2010. However, in February of 2012, the FHLB of Pittsburgh declared and began to pay a dividend on capital stock. The FHLB also approved additional repurchases of capital stock during the first quarter 2012. At December 31, 2012, repurchases totaled $4.6 million. For additional information regarding FHLB Stock, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, advances outstanding totaled $376.3 million, with a weighted average rate of 0.57%. One $7.2 million advance with a rate of 4.45% was struck in January 2003 to match fund a commercial loan. This advance matured in January 2013.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

During 2012 and 2011, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2012, we had purchased $85.0 million in federal funds at an average rate of 0.27%. At December 31, 2011, we had purchased $25.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.

During 2012, we continued to have securities sold under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At December 31, 2012, securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a fixed rate of 2.98%. These repurchases mature on January 1, 2015. The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $41.1 million at December 31, 2012. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with the corresponding carrying and market values of the underlying securities are due as follows:

 

     Borrowing
Amount
     Rate     Collateral  
        Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Accrued
Interest
 
(Dollars in Thousands)                                  

2012

             

Over 90 days

   $ 25,000        2.98   $ 41,061      $ 41,714      $ 104  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011 

             

Over 90 days

   $ 25,000        2.98   $ 29,942      $ 30,961      $ 97  
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Borrowings

In 2005, we issued $67.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities.

Senior Debt

On August 27, 2012, we completed the issuance and sale of $55.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.25% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Senior Debt”). The Senior Debt is unsecured and ranks equally with all of our other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. At our option, the Senior Debt is callable, in whole or in part, after 5 years.

Other Borrowed Funds

Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $28.9 million and $37.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual arrangements under which portions of certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase. Such borrowings were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. The average rates on these borrowings were 0.09% at both December 31, 2012 and 2011. In addition, during 2009 we issued $30.0 million of unsecured debt under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program with a rate of 2.74%. This debt matured on February 15, 2012.

9. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Under guidelines issued by banking regulators, savings institutions such as the Bank must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of risk weighted assets and “total” or “risk-based” capital (a combination of core

 

90


Table of Contents

and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of risk weighted assets. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our bank’s financial statements. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and was deemed a “well-capitalized” institution.

The following table presents our Bank capital position as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Consolidated Bank
Capital
    For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
    To Be Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
(In Thousands)    Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

As of December 31, 2012:

               

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 466,924        14.29   $ 261,440        8.00   $ 326,800        10.00

Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

     426,019        9.83       173,273        4.00       216,592        5.00  

Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)

     426,019        9.83       64,977        1.50       N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     426,019        13.04       130,720        4.00       196,080        6.00  

As of December 31, 2011:

               

Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

   $ 434,301        13.43   $ 258,688        8.00   $ 323,361        10.00

Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets)

     393,725        9.29       169,518        4.00       211,898        5.00  

Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)

     393,725        9.29       63,569        1.50       N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)

     393,725        12.18       129,344        4.00       194,016        6.00  

The Holding Company

Our capital structure includes two classes of stock. One class of $0.01 par common stock outstanding, each share having equal voting rights, and one class of $.01 par preferred stock.

In 2005, WSFS Capital Trust III, our unconsolidated subsidiary, issued $67.0 million of aggregate principle of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds were used to refinance the WSFS Capital Trust I issuance of $51.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities which had a variable rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. At December 31, 2012, the coupon rate of the Capital Trust III securities was 2.08% with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035. The effective rate will vary due to fluctuations in interest rates. The proceeds from the issue were invested in Junior Subordinated Debentures we issued. These securities are treated as borrowings with interest included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The remaining proceeds were used primarily to extinguish higher rate debt and for general corporate purposes.

When infused into the Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities issued in 2005 qualify as Tier 1 capital. We are prohibited from paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, we would be undercapitalized within the meaning of the Prompt Corrective Action regulations.

At December 31, 2012, $62.2 million in cash remains at the holding company to support the parent company’s needs.

Pursuant to federal laws and regulations, our ability to engage in transactions with affiliated corporations is limited, and we generally may not lend funds to nor guarantee our indebtedness.

10. ASSOCIATE (EMPLOYEE) BENEFIT PLANS

Associate 401(k) Savings Plan

Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in the plan may elect to direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed mutual and money market funds and our common stock. Generally, the principal and related earnings

 

91


Table of Contents

are tax deferred until withdrawn. We match a portion of the Associates’ contributions and, based on our performance, periodically make discretionary contributions into the plan for the benefit of our Associates. As a result, our total cash contributions to the plan on behalf of our Associates resulted in a an expense of $2.4 million, $1.9 million, and $1.5 million for 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

All contributions are invested in accordance with the Associates’ selection of investments. If Associates do not designate how discretionary contributions are to be invested, 100% will be invested in a balanced fund. Associates may make transfers to various other investment vehicles within the plan without any significant restrictions. The plans net purchases for the WSFS fund were 2,000, 24,000, and 81,000 shares of our common stock during 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Postretirement Benefits

We share certain costs of providing health and life insurance benefits to retired Associates (and their eligible dependents). Substantially all Associates may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while working for us.

We account for our obligations under the provisions of FASB ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires that the costs of these benefits be recognized over an Associate’s active working career. Amortization of unrecognized net gains or losses resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of active employees to the extent that such gains and losses exceed 10% of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year.

ASC 715 requires that we recognize the funded status of our defined benefit postretirement plan in our statement of financial position, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of ASC 715, all of which were previously netted against the plan’s funded status in our statement of financial position pursuant to the provisions of ASC 715. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension costs pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods, and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods, will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of ASC 715.

In accordance with ASC 715, during 2013 we expect to recognize $78,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net actuarial loss, and none relating to the net transition obligation.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following disclosures relating to postretirement benefits were measured at December 31:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
(Dollars in Thousands)                   

Change in benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 3,923     $ 3,088     $ 2,568  

Service cost

     288       207       171  

Interest cost

     174       166       151  

Actuarial loss

     271       623       360  

Benefits paid

     (178     (161     (162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 4,478     $ 3,923     $ 3,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Employer contributions

     178       161       162  

Benefits paid

     (178     (161     (162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status:

      

Funded status

   $ (4,478   $ (3,923   $ (3,088

Recognized net loss

     1,587       1,444       914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (2,891   $ (2,479   $ (2,174
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

      

Service cost

   $ 288     $ 207     $ 171  

Interest cost

     174       166       151  

Amortization of transition obligation

     61       61       61  

Net loss recognition

     67       32       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 590     $ 466     $ 395  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

      

Discount rate

     4.50     5.50     6.00

Health care cost trend rate

     5.00     5.00     5.00

Sensitivity analysis of health care cost trends:

      

Effect of +1% on service cost plus interest cost

   $ (34   $ (17   $ (13

Effect of –1% on service cost plus interest cost

     12       13       10  

Effect of +1% on APBO

     (146     (129     (96

Effect of –1% on APBO

     142       100       76  

Assumptions used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (APBO):

      

Discount rate

     4.00     4.50     5.50

Health care cost trend rate

     5.00     5.00     5.00

Ultimate trend rate

     5.00     5.00     5.00

Year of ultimate trend rate

     2012       2011       2010  

 

93


Table of Contents

Estimated future benefit payments:

The following table shows the expected future payments for the next ten years:

(In Thousands)

 

During 2013

   $ 124  

During 2014

     131  

During 2015

     131  

During 2016

     133  

During 2017

     143  

During 2018 through 2022

     886  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,548  
  

 

 

 

We assume the average annual rate of increase for medical benefits will stabilize at an average increase of 5% per annum. The costs incurred for retirees’ health care are limited since certain current and all future retirees are restricted to an annual medical premium cap indexed (since 1995) by the lesser of 4% or the actual increase in medical premiums paid by us. For 2012, this annual premium cap amounted to $2,800 per retiree. We estimate that we will contribute approximately $124,000 to the plan during fiscal 2013.

We have five additional plans which are no longer being provided to Associates. They are a Supplemental Pension Plan with a corresponding liability of $350,000, an Early Retirement Window Plan with a corresponding liability of $148,000, a Director’s Plan with a corresponding liability of $59,000, a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan with a corresponding liability of $950,000, and a Post-Retirement Medical Plan with a corresponding liability of $175,000.

11. TAXES ON INCOME

We and our subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. Our income tax provision consists of the following:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012      2011      2010  
(In Thousands)                     

Current income taxes:

        

Federal taxes

   $ 11,136      $ 6,648      $ 8,192  

State and local taxes

     2,256        1,849        (555

Deferred income taxes:

        

Federal taxes

     3,591        2,978        (2,183

State and local taxes

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 16,983      $ 11,475      $ 5,454  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current federal income taxes include taxes on income that cannot be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

 

94


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary of the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  
(In Thousands)             

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

   $ (8,053   $ (7,105

Accelerated depreciation

     (2,115     (912

Other

     (397     (395

Prepaid expenses

     (1,590     (1,428

Deferred loan costs

     (1,866     (1,680

Intangibles

     (1,256     (795
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (15,277     (12,315
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

     15,373       18,578  

Reserves and other

     7,511       5,862  

Deferred gains

     480       505  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     23,364       24,945  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 8,087     $ 12,630  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the table above is the effect of certain temporary differences for which no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized. In 2012, such items consisted primarily of $8.1 million of unrealized gains on certain investments in debt and equity securities accounted for under ASC 320 partially offset by $550,000 related to postretirement benefit obligations accounted for under ASC 715. In 2011, they consisted primarily of $7.1 million of unrealized gains on certain investments in debt and equity securities, partially offset by $550,000 related to postretirement benefit obligations.

Based on our history of prior earnings and our expectations of the future, it is anticipated that operating income and the reversal pattern of our temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient to realize a net deferred tax asset of $8.1 million at December 31, 2012. No federal or state net operating losses existed at December 31, 2012.

A reconciliation showing the differences between our effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  

Statutory federal income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State tax, net of federal tax benefit

     3.0       3.4       (1.8

Interest income 50% excludable

     (0.5     (2.1     (3.7

Tax-exempt interest

     (0.5     (0.4     (0.7

Bank-owned life insurance income

     (1.1     (2.0     (1.3

Incentive stock option and other nondeductible compensation

     0.6       0.9       0.8  

Settlement of prior year charitable donation

     —         (1.2     —     

Federal tax credits

     (1.4     (0.5     (1.1

Other

     0.1       0.5       0.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     35.2     33.6     27.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109). ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.

Related to the move of our corporate headquarters, during 2007, we donated (to the local Historical Society, for the purpose of community viewing) an N.C. Wyeth mural which was previously displayed in our former headquarters. Pursuant to an appraisal by a nationally recognized art appraisal firm, the estimated fair value of the mural was $6.0 million, which was recorded as a charitable contribution expense. We recognized a related offsetting gain on the transfer of the asset during 2007. The expense and offsetting gain was shown net in our Consolidated Financial Statements. As the gain on the transfer of the asset is permanently excludible from taxation, the charitable contribution transaction results in a permanent deduction for income tax purposes. The amount of the deduction represented an income tax uncertainty because it was subject to evaluation by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS did not audit our 2007 income tax return and the statute of limitations on this tax year expired in 2011. Accordingly, we recorded a $416,000 tax benefit in 2011 related to the resolution of this uncertainty.

We record interest and penalties on potential income tax deficiencies as income tax expense. Federal tax years 2009 through 2012 remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2012, while tax years 2009 through 2012 remain subject to examination by state taxing jurisdictions. Our 2010 federal tax return is currently being audited by the IRS. No state income tax return examinations are currently in process. We do not expect to record or realize any material unrecognized tax benefits during 2013.

There are no longer any unrecognized tax benefits related to ASC 740 as of December 31, 2012. A reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits during 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     2012     2011  
(In Thousands)             

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1

   $ 88     $ 967  

Tax positions taken during prior years

     (3     96  

Tax positions taken during current year

     —          —     

Reductions relating to settlements with taxing authorities

     (85     —     

Reductions as a result of a lapse of statutes of limitations

     —          (975
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31

   $ —        $ 88  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation. After shareholder approval in 2005, the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) was replaced by the 2005 Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”). No future awards may be granted under the 1997 Plan, however, we still have options outstanding under the plan for our officers, directors and Associates. The 2005 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of

 

96


Table of Contents

its effective date, after which no awards may be granted. We have stock options outstanding under both plans (collectively, “Stock Incentive Plans”). The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan is 1,197,000. At December 31, 2012, there were 217,530 shares available for future grants under the 2005 Plan.

The Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code as well as non-incentive stock options (collectively, “Stock Options”). Additionally, the 2005 Plan provides for the granting of stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and cash awards. All Stock Options are to be granted at not less than the market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. All Stock Options granted during 2012 vest in 25% per annum increments, start to become exercisable one year from the grant date and expire five years from the grant date. Generally, all awards become exercisable immediately in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans.

Stock Options

A summary of the status of our Stock Incentive Plans as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and changes during those years are presented below:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Stock Options:

              

Outstanding at beginning of year

     416,886     $ 43.52        566,323     $ 42.84        733,468     $ 42.95  

Granted

     88,307       39.66        57,723       44.15        27,889       30.94  

Exercised

     (71,055     30.78        (85,379     18.94        (67,376     14.29  

Forfeited

     —         —          (12,666     40.85        (22,899     40.53  

Expired

     (98,408     53.99        (109,115     59.85        (104,759     59.29  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Outstanding at end of year

     335,730       42.14        416,886       43.52        566,323       42.84  

Exercisable at end of year

     178,432     $ 45.28        304,628     $ 46.27        442,837     $ 45.04  

Weighted-average fair value of awards granted

   $ 12.50        $ 14.06        $ 9.51    

In addition, at January 1, 2012 there were nonvested options with a $840,000 intrinsic value. Options that vested during 2012 had an intrinsic value of $393,000. Also during 2012, there were options exercised with an intrinsic value of $754,000. In addition, there were vested options that expired with no intrinsic value. The exercisable options remaining at December 31, 2012, had an intrinsic value of $571,000 and an average remaining contractual term of 1.4 years. At December 31, 2012 the outstanding options had an intrinsic value of $1.2 million and an average remaining contractual term of 2.4 years.

 

97


Table of Contents

The following table provides information about our unvested stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

 

    2012     2011     2010  
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Stock Options:

                 

Unvested at beginning of period

    112,258     $ 36.08     $ 10.69       123,486     $ 34.94     $ 8.27       191,558     $ 41.31     $ 8.92  

Granted

    88,307       39.66       12.50       57,723       44.15       14.06       27,889       30.94       9.51  

Vested

    (43,267     34.32       9.66       (56,285     40.77       9.13       (73,062     48.38       10.26  

Forfeited

    —             (12,666     40.85       9.44       (22,899     40.53       8.84  
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Unvested at end of period

    157,298     $ 38.57     $ 11.98       112,258     $ 36.08     $ 10.69       123,486     $ 34.94     $ 8.27  

The total amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2012 was $832,000. The weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.7 years. We issue new shares upon the exercise of options.

During 2012, we granted 88,307 options with a five-year life and a four-year vesting period. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was used to determine the grant date fair value of options. Significant assumptions used in the model included a weighted-average risk-free rate of return (zero coupon treasury yield) between 0.6% and 0.7% in 2012; an expected option life of three years and nine months; and an expected stock price volatility of 44.6% in 2012. For the purposes of this option-pricing model, a dividend yield of 1.2% was assumed.

The following table summarizes all stock options outstanding and exercisable for Option Plans as of December 31, 2012, segmented by range of exercise prices:

 

     Outstanding      Exercisable  
     Number      Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
     Number      Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Stock Options:

              

$20.71-$27.60

     41,067      $ 23.31        1.1 years         25,412      $ 23.28  

$27.61-$34.50

     22,175        31.10        2.4 years         7,915        30.93  

$34.51-$41.40

     90,907        39.63        4.1 years         2,172        38.54  

$41.41-$48.30

     121,829        44.68        1.8 years         83,181        44.54  

$48.31-$55.20

     8,730        51.19        1.0 years         8,730        51.19  

$55.21-$62.10

     49,717        58.83        1.9 years         49,717        58.83  

$62.11-$69.00

     1,305        62.50        3.3 years         1,305        62.50  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Total

     335,730      $ 42.14        2.4 years         178,432      $ 45.28  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Restricted Stock

During 2012, we issued 24,442 restricted stock units and awards. These awards vest over a four year period. These stock awards were made to certain executive officers. The total amount of compensation cost to be recognized relating to non-vested restricted stock as of December 31, 2012, was $992,000. The weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 1.8 years.

Compensation costs related to these issuances are recognized over the lives of the restricted stock and restricted stock units. We amortize the expense related to the restricted stock grants into salaries, benefits and

 

98


Table of Contents

other compensation expense on an accrual basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. When we award restricted stock to individuals from whom we may not receive services in the future, such as those who are eligible for retirement, we recognize the expense of restricted stock grants when we make the award, instead of amortizing the expense over the vesting period of the award.

Performance Stock Awards

Beginning in 2009, the Long-Term Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit program (“Long-Term Program”) will award up to an aggregate of 77,800 shares of our stock to the remaining 14 participants, only after the achievement of targeted levels of return on assets (“ROA”) in any year through 2011. In 2010, the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board recommended, and the Board approved, the extension to 2013 and the adjustment of the ROA performance levels. Under the terms of the revised plan, if an annual ROA performance level of 1.00% is achieved, up to 39,000 shares will be awarded. If an annual ROA performance level of 1.125% is achieved, up to 53,300 shares will be awarded. If an annual ROA performance level of 1.25% or greater is achieved, up to 77,800 shares will be awarded. The awarded stock will vest in 25% increments over four years. In addition, if a performance level is achieved and there are insufficient shares available for grant, we have the option of granting the available shares with the remainder being paid in cash. We did not recognize any compensation expense related to this program in 2012, 2011 or 2010. Compensation expense for the Long-Term Program was based on the closing stock price as of May 28, 2008 and will begin to be recognized once the achievement of target performance is considered probable.

The Board approved a plan in which Marvin N. Schoenhals, Chairman of the Board, was granted 22,250 shares of restricted stock effective January 3, 2011 with a five-year performance vesting schedule starting at the end of the second year. These awards are based on acquiring new business relationships in which Mr. Schoenhals has played a meaningful role in helping us establish the new business. These shares are subject to vesting in whole or in part if pre-tax contributions achieved over a two year period result in at least a 50% return on investment of the cost of the restricted stock. We recognized compensation expense of $275,000 related to this award in 2012.

The impact of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $2.3 million pre-tax ($1.7 million after tax) to salaries, benefits and other compensation. This compares to $1.6 million pre-tax ($1.2 million after tax) in 2011 and $965,000 pre-tax ($745,000 after tax) in 2010.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lending Operations

At December 31, 2012, we had commitments to extend credit of $635.4 million. Commercial loan commitments represented $317.7 million; commercial owner-occupied commitments represented $46.2 million while commercial mortgage and construction commitments were $13.5 million and $44.6 million, respectively. Outstanding letters of credit were $55.5 million. Consumer lines of credit totaled $135.1 million of which $110.0 million was secured by real estate and outstanding commitments to make or acquire mortgage loans aggregated $22.7 million; one was a variable rate loan at 3.13%; the rest were fixed rate loans ranging from 2.63% to 4.50%. Mortgage commitments generally have closing dates within a one-month period but can be extended to six months in some cases.

 

99


Table of Contents

Data Processing Operations

We have entered into contracts to manage our network operations, data processing and other related services. The projected amounts of future minimum payments contractually due (in thousands) are as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  

2013

   $ 3,748  

2014

     2,831  

2015

     1,462  

2016

     769  

2017

     736  
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,546   

The expenses for data processing and operations for the year ending December 31, 2012 was $5.6 million.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief. For additional information regarding legal proceedings, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statement.

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business primarily to meet the financing needs of our customers. To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve elements of credit risk that are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Condition.

Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments in excess of the contractual amount of those instruments and use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  
(In Thousands)              

Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent potential credit risk:

     

Construction loan commitments

   $ 44,610      $ 50,099  

Commercial mortgage loan commitments

     13,523        7,503  

Commercial loan commitments

     317,750        349,213  

Commercial owner-occupied commitments (1)

     46,211        —    

Commercial standby letters of credit

     55,540        55,697  

Residential mortgage loan commitments

     22,657        10,806  

Consumer loan commitments

     135,060        123,669  

 

(1) Prior to 2012, owner-occupied commercial commitments were included in commercial commitments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness and obtain collateral based on our credit evaluation of the counterparty.

 

100


Table of Contents

Not reflected in the table above are commitments to sell residential mortgages of $55.2 million and $33.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

Indemnifications

Secondary Market Loan Sales. Given the current interest rate environment and current customer preference for long-term fixed rate mortgages, coupled with our desire to not hold these assets in our portfolio, we generally sell newly originated fixed rate conventional, 15 to 30 year loans in the secondary market to government sponsored enterprises such as FHLMC or to wholesale lenders. Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate, or in some cases, individual loans. We sometimes retain the servicing rights on residential mortgage loans sold which results in monthly service fee income. We will, however, sell select loans with servicing released on a nonrecourse basis. Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the time of the sale.

We generally do not sell loans with recourse except to the extent arising from standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances first payment default by the borrower. These are customary repurchase provisions in the secondary market for conforming mortgage loan sales. These indemnifications may include our repurchase of the loans. Repurchases and losses are rare, and no provision is made for losses at the time of sale. There were no such repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Swap Guarantees. We entered into agreements with three unaffiliated financial institutions whereby those financial institutions entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with customers referred to them by us. By the terms of the agreements, those financial institutions have recourse to us for any exposure created under each swap transaction in the event the customer defaults on the swap agreement and the agreement is in a paying position to the third-party financial institution. This is a customary arrangement that allows financial institutions like us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our customers without creating the swap ourselves.

At December 31, 2012, there were ninety-five variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial institutions and our customers with an initial notional amount aggregating approximately $381.7 million, and with maturities ranging from eight months to thirteen years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $35.5 million as of December 31, 2012, and of the ninety-five swaps, all were in a paying position to a third party.

14. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

Fair Value of Financial Assets

ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies into the following three levels:

Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.

Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived principally from or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using

 

101


Table of Contents

discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2012 (there are no material liabilities measured at fair value):

 

Description

   Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total Fair
Value
 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:

          

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ —        $ 252,300      $ 7,096     $ 259,396  

FNMA

     —          406,255        —         406,255  

FHLMC

     —          59,650        —         59,650  

GNMA

     —          132,455        —         132,455  

U.S. Government and agencies

     —          46,990        —         46,990  

State and political subdivisions

     —          3,209        —         3,209  

Reverse mortgages

     —          —          (457     (457

Trading securities

     —          —          12,590       12,590  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ —        $ 900,859      $ 19,229     $ 920,088  

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis:

          

Other real estate owned

   $ —        $ —        $ 4,622     $ 4,622  

Impaired loans (collateral dependent)

     —          —          52,904       52,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ —        $ —        $ 57,526     $ 57,526  

 

102


Table of Contents

The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2011 (there were no material liabilities measured at fair value):

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Total
Fair Value
 

Description

          

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:

          

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ —        $ 324,450      $ 3,936     $ 328,386  

FNMA

     —          329,354        —         329,354  

FHLMC

     —          95,086        —         95,086  

GNMA

     —          63,967        —         63,967  

U.S. Government and agencies

     —          39,025        —         39,025  

State and political subdivisions

     —          4,190        —         4,190  

Reverse mortgages

     —          —          (646     (646

Trading securities

     —          —          12,432       12,432  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ —        $ 856,072      $ 15,722     $ 871,794  

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis:

          

Other real estate owned

   $ —        $ 11,695      $ —       $ 11,695  

Impaired loans (collateral dependent)

     —          74,562        —         74,562  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ —        $ 86,257      $ —       $ 86,257  

Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models or obtained from third parties that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include unobservable parameters. Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While we believe our valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Available-for-sale securities. As of December 31, 2012, securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value using both Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. Included in the Level 2 total are approximately $47.0 million in Federal Agency debentures, $850.7 million in Federal Agency MBS and $3.2 million in municipal bonds. Agency and MBS securities are predominately AAA-rated. We believe that this Level 2 designation is appropriate for these securities under ASC 820-10 as, with almost all fixed income securities, none are exchange traded, and all are priced by correlation to observed market data. For these securities we obtain fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, U.S. government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors.

Included in the Level 3 total is a small equity traunche of a reverse mortgage security. This security is Level 3 because there is no active market and no observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets in active markets (Level 1) or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset through corroboration with observable market data (Level 2). To establish the fair value for a Level 3 asset, a

 

103


Table of Contents

“mark-to-model” has been developed using the income approach described in ASC 820-10-35-32 and is similar to the methodology used to value our trading securities described below.

Trading Securities. The amount included in the trading securities category represents the fair value of a BBB-rated traunche of a reverse mortgage security. There has never been an active market for these securities. As such, we classify these trading securities as Level 3 under ASC 820-10. As prescribed by ASC 820-10 management used various observable and unobservable inputs to develop a range of likely fair value prices where this security would be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The unobservable inputs reflect management’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing this asset. Included in these inputs were the median of a selection of other BBB-rated securities as well as quoted market prices from higher rated traunches of this asset class. The unobservable inputs consist of prepayments, house price appreciation and interest rates. Our sensitivity analysis completed at December 31, 2012, showed that any increase or decrease in these inputs would not have a significant impact on the fair value of these assets. The value assigned to this security therefore is determined primarily through a discounted cash flow analysis. All assumptions required a significant degree of management judgment.

Reverse Mortgages. The amount of our investment in reverse mortgages represents the estimated value of future cash flows of the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagor and the future changes in collateral values. Due to the significant amount of management judgment and the unobservable input calculations, these reverse mortgages have been classified as Level 3.

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:

 

     Trading
Securities
     Reverse
Mortgages
    Available-
for-sale
Securities
     Total  
     (In Thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 12,432      $ (686   $ —         $ 11,746  

Total net income (loss) for the year included in net income

     —           (137     265        128  

Contractual monthly advances of principal

     —           177       2,755        2,932  

Mark-to-market adjustment

     —           —          916        916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 12,432      $ (646   $ 3,936      $ 15,722  

Total net income for the year included in net income

     33        12       —           45  

Contractual monthly advances of principal

     —           177       —           177  

Mark-to-market adjustment

     125        —          3,160        3,285  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 12,590      $ (457   $ 7,096      $ 19,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Real Estate Owned. Other real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure or other measures. Initially, foreclosed assets are recorded as held for sale at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. Due to the continuing weakness in the real estate market, we utilize a more significant level of unobservable inputs and, as such, have reclassified the hierarchical levels of both Other Real Estate Owned and Impaired Loans to Level 3 for 2012. The fair value of our real estate owned was estimated using Level 3 inputs based on appraisals obtained from third parties.

Impaired Loans. We evaluate and value impaired loans at the time the loan is identified as impaired, and the fair values of such loans are estimated using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The collateral for each loan

 

104


Table of Contents

has a unique appraisal and our discount of the value is based on the factors unique to each impaired loan. The significant unobservable input in determining the fair value is our subjective discount on appraisals of the collateral securing the loan, which ranges from 10%—50%. Collateral may consist of real estate and/or business assets including equipment, inventory and accounts receivable. The value of these assets is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers hired by us. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, estimated costs to sell, and/or our expertise and knowledge of the customer and the customer’s business.

Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, has a gross amount of $52.9 million and $75.3 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The valuation allowance on impaired loans was $5.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and $4.7 million as of December 31, 2011.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In certain cases, fair values represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows discounted to reflect current market rates and varying degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will be realized in the future.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Short-Term Investments.  For cash and short-term investments, including due from banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Since quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities, which we obtain from a third party vendor. We utilize one of the largest providers of securities pricing in the industry and management periodically assesses the inputs used by this vendor to price the various types of securities owned by us to validate the vendor’s methodology. The fair value of our investment in reverse mortgages is based on the net present value of estimated cash flows which have been updated to reflect external appraisals of the underlying collateral. For additional discussion of our mortgage-backed securities trading, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans held-for-sale.  Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate, or in some cases, individual loans.

Loans. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type: commercial, commercial mortgages, construction, residential mortgages, and consumer. For loans that reprice frequently, the book value approximates fair value. The fair values of other types of loans are estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate with current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash flows, are utilized if appraisals are not available. This technique does not contemplate an exit price.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance.  The estimated fair value approximates the book value for this investment.

Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh:  The fair value of FHLB stock is assumed to be essentially equal to its cost basis, since the stock is non-marketable but redeemable at its par value.

 

105


Table of Contents

Demand Deposits, Savings Deposits, and Time Deposits.  The fair value of demand deposits and savings deposits is determined by projecting future cash flows using an estimated economic life based on account characteristics. The resulting cash flow is discounted using rates available on alternative funding sources. The fair value of time deposits is estimated using the rate and maturity characteristics of the deposits to estimate their cash flow. The cash flow is discounted as rates for similar term wholesale funding.

Borrowed Funds.  Rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments.  The fair value of off-balance sheet instruments, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements with comparable remaining terms and reflects the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.

The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows:

 

At December 31,

   Fair Value
Measurement
   2012      2011  
         Book Value      Fair Value      Book Value      Fair Value  
(In Thousands)                                 

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   Level 1    $ 500,887       $ 500,887       $ 468,017       $ 468,017   

Investment securities

   See previous
table
     920,088        920,088        871,794        871,794  

Loans, held-for-sale

   Level 3      12,758        12,758        10,185        10,185  

Loans, net

   Level 3      2,723,916        2,746,001        2,702,589        2,721,804  

Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

   Level 2      31,165        31,165        35,756        35,756  

Accrued interest receivable

   Level 2      9,652        9,652        11,743        11,743  

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

   Level 2      3,274,963        3,174,907        3,135,304        3,087,464  

Borrowed funds

   Level 2      637,266        638,375        723,620        731,522  

Standby letters of credit

   Level 3      224        224        322        322  

Accrued interest payable

   Level 2      1,099        1,099        1,910        1,910  

The estimated fair value of our off-balance sheet financial instruments is as follows:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  
(In Thousands)              

Off-balance sheet instruments:

     

Commitments to extend credit

   $ —         $ —     

15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We routinely enter into transactions with our directors and officers. Such transactions are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers. They do not, in the opinion of management, involve more than the normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features. The aggregate amount of loans to such related parties was $2.1 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2012, new loans and credit line advances to such related parties amounted to $956,000 and repayments amounted to $636,000.

 

106


Table of Contents

16. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Under the definition of FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”) (Formerly SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information) we discuss our business in three segments. There is one segment for each of WSFS Bank, Cash Connect, (the ATM division of WSFS Bank), and Trust and Wealth Management. Trust and Wealth Management was reorganized during 2011 and is comprised of Montchanin, Christiana Trust, Monarch Entity Services LLC, Private Banking and WSFS Investment Group, Inc. in a single reportable segment because each has similar economic characteristics, products, customers and distribution methods. As required by ASC 280, all prior years’ information has been updated to reflect this presentation.

The WSFS Bank segment provides financial products to commercial and retail customers through its 51 offices located in Delaware (42), Pennsylvania (7) and Virginia (1) and Nevada (1). Retail and Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate Lending and other banking business units are operating departments of WSFS. These departments share the same regulator, the same market, many of the same customers and provide similar products and services through the general infrastructure of the Bank. Because of these and other reasons, these departments are not considered discrete segments and are appropriately aggregated within the WSFS Bank segment in accordance with ASC 280.

Cash Connect provides turnkey ATM services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry. The balance sheet category “Cash in non-owned ATMs” includes cash from which fee income is earned through bailment arrangements with customers of Cash Connect.

The Trust and Wealth Management segment is comprised of Christiana Trust, Monarch Entity Services LLC, Montchanin, Private Banking and WSFS Investment Group, Inc. Christiana Trust was acquired in December 2010 and WSFS’ Trust and Wealth Management business was consolidated into Christiana Trust. Christiana Trust provides investment, fiduciary, and agency services from locations in Delaware and Nevada. These services are provided to individuals and families as well as corporations and institutions. Monarch Entity Services LLC provides commercial domicile services from locations in Delaware and Nevada. Montchanin has one consolidated wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (Cypress). Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions. WSFS Investment Group, Inc. markets various third-party insurance products and securities. Private Banking specializes in meeting the needs of professionals and their practices, including deposit services and credit needs of existing and start-up practices.

An operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating decision makers to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available. We evaluate performance based on pretax ordinary income relative to resources used, and allocate resources based on these results. The accounting policies

 

107


Table of Contents

applicable to our segments are those that apply to our preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 follows:

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012:    WSFS Bank      Cash
Connect
     Trust &
Wealth
Management
    Total  
(In Thousands)                           

External customer revenues:

          

Interest income

   $ 141,986      $ —         $ 8,301     $ 150,287  

Noninterest income

     54,225        18,749        13,719       86,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total external customer revenues

     196,211        18,749        22,020       236,980  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues:

          

Interest income

     4,032        —           5,719       9,751  

Noninterest income

     8,563        779        105       9,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intersegment revenues

     12,595        779        5,824       19,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     208,806        19,528        27,844       256,178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

External customer expenses:

          

Interest expense

     22,397        —           891       23,288  

Noninterest expenses

     112,071        9,549        11,725       133,345  

Provision for loan loss

     32,222        —           (169     32,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total external customer expenses

     166,690        9,549        12,447       188,686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment expenses:

          

Interest expense

     5,719        1,368        2,664       9,751  

Noninterest expenses

     884        2,219        6,344       9,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intersegment expenses

     6,603        3,587        9,008       19,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     173,293        13,136        21,455       207,884  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   $ 35,513      $ 6,392      $ 6,389     $ 48,294  

Income tax provision

             16,983  
          

 

 

 

Consolidated net income

           $ 31,311  
          

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 68,419      $ 430,382      $ 2,086     $ 500,887  

Other segment assets

     3,683,073        1,605        189,583       3,874,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment assets at December 31, 2012

   $ 3,751,492      $ 431,987      $ 191,669     $ 4,375,148  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 7,796      $ 405      $ 27     $ 8,228  

 

108


Table of Contents
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011:    WSFS Bank      Cash
Connect
     Trust &
Wealth
Management
     Total  
(In Thousands)                            

External customer revenues:

           

Interest income

   $ 149,313      $ —         $ 9,329      $ 158,642  

Noninterest income

     34,959        15,618        13,011        63,588  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total external customer revenues

     184,272        15,618        22,340        222,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues:

           

Interest income

     4,414        —           6,122        10,536  

Noninterest income

     7,447        724        143        8,314  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intersegment revenues

     11,861        724        6,265        18,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     196,133        16,342        28,605        241,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

External customer expenses:

           

Interest expense

     31,345        —           1,260        32,605  

Noninterest expenses

     108,061        7,883        11,533        127,477  

Provision for loan loss

     26,641        —           1,355        27,996  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total external customer expenses

     166,047        7,883        14,148        188,078  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intersegment expenses:

           

Interest expense

     6,122        1,235        3,179        10,536  

Noninterest expenses

     867        1,578        5,869        8,314  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intersegment expenses

     6,989        2,813        9,048        18,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     173,036        10,696        23,196        206,928  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

   $ 23,097      $ 5,646      $ 5,409      $ 34,152  

Income tax provision

              11,475  
           

 

 

 

Consolidated net income

            $ 22,677  
           

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 48,107      $ 416,949      $ 2,961      $ 468,017  

Other segment assets

     3,618,744        2,155        200,092        3,820,991  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment assets at December 31, 2011

   $ 3,666,851      $ 419,104      $ 203,053      $ 4,289,008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 8,877      $ 1,291      $ 326      $ 10,494  

 

109


Table of Contents

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:

   WSFS Bank      Cash
Connect
     Trust &
Wealth
Management
    Total  
(In Thousands)                           

External customer revenues:

          

Interest income

   $ 154,790      $ —         $ 7,613     $ 162,403  

Noninterest income

     31,849        13,231        5,035       50,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total external customer revenues

     186,639        13,231        12,648       212,518  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues:

          

Interest income

     3,988        —           3,914       7,902  

Noninterest income

     6,652        755        —          7,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intersegment revenues

     10,640        755        3,914       15,309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     197,279        13,986        16,562       227,827  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

External customer expenses:

          

Interest expense

     40,629        —           1,103       41,732  

Noninterest expenses

     95,580        5,956        7,796       109,332  

Provision for loan loss

     40,084        —           1,799       41,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total external customer expenses

     176,293        5,956        10,698       192,947  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment expenses:

          

Interest expense

     3,914        930        3,058       7,902  

Noninterest expenses

     755        1,534        5,118       7,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intersegment expenses

     4,669        2,464        8,176       15,309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     180,962        8,420        18,874       208,256  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

   $ 16,317      $ 5,566      $ (2,312   $ 19,571  

Income tax provision

             5,454  
          

 

 

 

Consolidated net income

           $ 14,117  
          

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 46,803      $ 326,573      $ 3,383     $ 376,759  

Other segment assets

     3,350,338        13,196        213,225       3,576,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment assets at December 31, 2010

   $ 3,397,141      $ 339,769      $ 216,608     $ 3,953,518  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

   $ 5,775      $ 174      $ 2     $ 5,951  

17. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, and FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are recorded at fair value. We consider our accounting policies related to goodwill and other intangible assets to be critical because the assumptions or judgment used in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in past acquisitions are subjective and complex. As a result, changes in these assumptions or judgment could have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

The fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, including the resulting goodwill, was based either on quoted market prices or provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information was not available we made good-faith estimates primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques. The assumptions used in the cash flow modeling are subjective and susceptible to significant changes.

Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually and charged to results of operations in periods in which the recorded value is more than the estimated fair value.

 

110


Table of Contents

Intangible assets that have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Goodwill totaled $28.1 million at both December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The majority of this goodwill, or $23.0 million, is in the WSFS Bank reporting unit and is the result of a branch acquisition in 2008 and the acquisition of CB&T during 2010. The remaining $5.1 million is in the Trust and Wealth Management reporting unit and is mainly the result of the acquisition of CB&T.

During 2011, ASU 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), was issued. Under the Update, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. Therefore, before the first step of the existing guidance, the entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that the fair value of goodwill is less than carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes adverse events or circumstances identified that could negatively affect the reporting units’ fair value as well as positive and mitigating events. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step process is unnecessary. The entity has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment step for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the first step of the existing two-step process. The entity can resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. We adopted the Update for the year ended December 31, 2011.

When required, the goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first test is done by comparing the reporting unit’s aggregate fair value to its carrying value. Absent other indicators of impairment, if the aggregate fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and no additional analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit were to exceed the aggregate fair value, a second test would be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure any impairment loss, the implied fair value would be determined in the same manner as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference.

Fair value may be determined using market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analyses and other variables. Estimated cash flows extend five years into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended period of time. Factors that may significantly affect estimates include, but are not limited to, balance sheet growth assumptions, credit losses in our investment and loan portfolios, competitive pressures in our market area, changes in customer base and customer product preferences, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structure, changes in discount rates, conditions in the banking sector and general economic variables.

As of December 31, 2012, we completed the Step One test of the analysis to determine potential goodwill impairment of the WSFS Bank and Trust and Wealth Management reporting units. The valuation incorporated a market-based analysis and indicated the fair values of our WSFS Bank and Trust and Wealth Management reporting units were above their carrying amounts. Therefore, in accordance with FASB ASC 350-20-35-6, the Step Two analysis was not required.

 

111


Table of Contents

FASB ASC 350, also requires that an acquired intangible asset be separately recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, regardless of the acquirer’s intent to do so. The following table summarizes other intangible assets:

 

     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangible
Assets
 
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2012

       

Core deposits

   $ 4,370      $ (2,020   $ 2,350  

Other

     4,464        (1,640     2,824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

   $ 8,834      $ (3,660   $ 5,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

       

Core deposits

   $ 4,370      $ (1,393   $ 2,977  

Other

     4,865        (1,703     3,162  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

   $ 9,235      $ (3,096   $ 6,139  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core deposits are amortized over their expected lives using the present value of the benefit of the core deposits and straight-line methods of amortization. We recognized amortization expense on other intangible assets of $989,000, $1.2 million and $569,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

The following presents the estimated amortization expense of intangibles:

 

(In Thousands)

   Amortization
of  Intangibles
 

2013

   $ 905  

2014

     832  

2015

     773  

2016

     465  

2017

     332  

Thereafter

     1,867  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,174  

At December 31, 2012, goodwill and other intangible assets were not considered impaired. Changing economic conditions that may adversely affect our performance and stock price could result in impairment, which could adversely affect earnings in the future.

18. STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANTS

In 2010, we completed an underwritten public offering of 1,370,000 shares of common stock and raised $47.1 million net of $2.9 million of costs.

In 2009 we completed a private placement of stock to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P. (Peninsula), pursuant to which we issued and sold 862,069 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $25.0 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 129,310 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share. The warrant is immediately exercisable. Total proceeds of $25.0 million were allocated, based on the relative fair value of common stock and common stock warrants, to common stock for $23.5 million and common stock warrants for $1.5 million.

In 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury (“Treasury”) pursuant to which we issued and sold 52,625 shares of our fixed-rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock for a total purchase price of

 

112


Table of Contents

$52.6 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 175,105 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $45.08 per share. On March 28, 2012, the Treasury sold all 52,625 shares. Under the terms of the agreement, we will continue to pay a five percent dividend annually for each of the first five years of the investment and a nine percent dividend thereafter until the shares are redeemed. We have declared and paid $2.6 million of cash dividends on the preferred stock during both 2012 and 2011.

Total proceeds of $52.6 million were allocated, based on the relative fair value of the preferred stock and common stock warrants, to preferred stock for $51.9 million and common stock warrants for $693,000 respectively. The preferred stock discount is being accreted, on an effective yield method, over five years. We have accreted $139,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2012 there was approximately $150,000 of discount on preferred stock remaining.

The preferred stock is nonvoting, except for class voting rights on certain matters that could adversely affect the shares. They may be redeemed by us for the liquidation preference ($1,000 per share), plus accrued but unpaid dividends. On September 12, 2012 we entered into a letter agreement with the Treasury pursuant to which the Company repurchased the warrant for $1.8 million.

19. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed Statement of Financial Condition

 

December 31,

   2012     2011  
(In Thousands)             

Assets:

    

Cash

   $ 62,244     $ 13,046  

Investment securities, available-for-sale

     7,096       3,936  

Investment in subsidiaries

     471,236       439,989  

Investment in Capital Trust III

     2,011       2,011  

Other assets

     2,451       886  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 545,038     $ 459,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Trust Preferred

   $ 67,011     $ 67,011  

Senior Debt

     55,000       —    

Interest payable

     407       133  

Other liabilities

     1,566       591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     123,984       67,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock

     1       1  

Common stock

     184       182  

Capital in excess of par value

     222,978       220,163  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     12,943       11,202  

Retained earnings

     433,228       408,865  

Treasury stock

     (248,280     (248,280
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     421,054       392,133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 545,038     $ 459,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

Condensed Statement of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Income:

      

Interest income

   $ 1,853     $ 1,021     $ 2,207  

Noninterest income

     139       153       120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,992       1,174       2,327  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest expense

     2,776       1,375       1,390  

Other operating expenses

     (186     419       656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,590       1,794       2,046  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     (598     (620     281  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     31,909       23,297       13,836  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     31,311       22,677       14,117  

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount

     (2,770     (2,770     (2,770
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income allocable to common stockholders

   $ 28,541     $ 19,907     $ 11,347  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  
(In Thousands)                   

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 31,311     $ 22,677     $ 14,117  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     (31,909     (23,297     (13,836

Increase in capitalized interest

     (693     (280     —     

Increase (decrease) in other assets

     3,531       (98     (383

Increase in other liabilities

     384       32       24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     2,624       (966     (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Increase in investment in subsidiaries

     —          —          (54,500

Purchase of mortgage backed securities

     —          (2,500     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     —          (2,500     (54,500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Issuance of common stock

     2,503       3,709       49,565  

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

     52,681       —          —     

Payments to repurchase stock warrants

     (1,800     —          —     

Cash dividends paid

     (6,810     (6,718     (6,207
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     46,574       (3,009     43,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash

     49,198       (6,475     (11,220

Cash at beginning of period

     13,046       19,521       30,741  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 62,244     $ 13,046     $ 19,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

20. LEGAL AND OTHER PROCEEDINGS

As previously disclosed in 2011, we were served with a complaint filed in U.S. Bankruptcy Court by a bankruptcy trustee relating to a former WSFS Bank customer. The complaint challenges the Bank’s actions in exercising its rights concerning an outstanding loan and also seeks to avoid and recover the pre-bankruptcy repayment of that loan. There were no material changes regarding this complaint in 2012 and management of the Bank believes it acted appropriately and continues to vigorously defend itself against the complaint. No litigation reserve has been recorded as it is not yet possible to establish the probability of, or reasonably estimate, a potential loss.

We previously reported that in September 2012, we received a “30 day letter” from the IRS proposing an approximate $14 million to $18 million adjustment to a 2006 trust tax return relating to a trust for which the Bank is trustee. Subsequently, the IRS delivered a “No Change Report” that indicated the IRS completed its review of the trust’s 2006 tax return and did not propose any changes. The IRS’s decision to end its inquiry into the trust tax return is subject to the Area Director’s approval, which has not yet been issued.

There were no material changes or additions to other significant pending legal or other proceedings involving us other than those arising out of routine operations. Management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of such other proceedings will have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 28, 2013, WSFS Bank received notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, our Bank’s primary regulator, that the Bank’s informal Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) was terminated. The MOU was entered into in December 2009.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (Unaudited)

 

Three months ended

  12/31/2012     9/30/2012     6/30/2012     3/31/2012     12/31/2011     9/30/2011     6/30/2011     3/31/2011  
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)                                                

Interest income

  $ 36,787     $ 36,514     $ 37,763     $ 39,223     $ 39,585     $ 40,091     $ 39,814     $ 39,152  

Interest expense

    5,289       5,621       5,685       6,693       7,169       7,911       8,627       8,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    31,498       30,893       32,078       32,530       32,416       32,180       31,187       30,254  

Provision for loan losses

    3,674       3,751       16,383       8,245       6,948       6,558       8,582       5,908  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    27,824       27,142       15,695       24,285       25,468       25,622       22,605       24,346  

Noninterest income

    21,195       19,748       28,992       16,758       16,996       16,924       16,029       13,639  

Noninterest expenses

    37,186       32,153       33,017       30,989       33,026       32,412       30,652       31,387  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

    11,833       14,737       11,670       10,054       9,438       10,134       7,982       6,598  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    4,275       4,758       4,340       3,610       3,276       3,348       2,459       2,392  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

    7,558       9,979       7,330       6,444       6,162       6,786       5,523       4,206  

Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount

    693       693       692       692       693       692       693       692  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss) allocable to common stockholders

  $ 6,865     $ 9,286     $ 6,638     $ 5,752     $ 5,469     $ 6,094     $ 4,830     $ 3,514  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

               

Basic

  $ 0.79     $ 1.07     $ 0.76     $ 0.66     $ 0.63     $ 0.71     $ 0.56     $ 0.41  

Diluted

    0.78       1.06       0.76       0.65       0.63       0.70       0.55     $ 0.40  

 

115


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, there was no change in internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

116


Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

To Our Stockholders:

Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, as stated in their reports, which are included herein.

 

/s/ Mark A. Turner

  

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle

Mark A. Turner    Stephen A. Fowle
President and Chief Executive Officer    Executive Vice President and
   Chief Financial Officer

March 18, 2013

 

117


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

WSFS Financial Corporation:

We have audited WSFS Financial Corporation’s (the “Corporation”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of the Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated March 18, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 18, 2013

 

118


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company in the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, Controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted on our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information regarding executive compensation in the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and the Company’s management in the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

 

119


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence in the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information regarding the fees paid to and services provided by KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, in the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

  (a) Listed below are all financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this report, and are incorporated by reference.

 

  1. The consolidated statements of Condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2012, together with the related notes and the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

  2. Schedules omitted as they are not applicable.

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  3.1    Registrant’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2008.
  3.3    Certificate of Designations for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.
  4.1    Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.
  4.2    Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.
  4.3    Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009.
10.1    WSFS Financial Corporation, 1994 Short Term Management Incentive Plan Summary Plan Description is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

 

120


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

10.2    Amended and Restated Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-26099) filed with the Commission on April 29, 1997.
10.3    2000 Stock Option and Temporary Severance Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank, WSFS Financial Corporation and Marvin N. Schoenhals on February 24, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
10.4    WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated February 28, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
10.5    WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2005 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
10.6    Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for IRC 409A and FAS 123R dated December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
10.7    Amendment to the WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
10.8    Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2009, between WSFS Financial Corporation and the United States Department of Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.
10.9    Form of Waiver, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, Mark A. Turner, Stephen A. Fowle, Richard M. Wright, Rodger Levenson and Mrs. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.
10.10    Form of Letter Agreement, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, Mark A. Turner, Stephen A. Fowle, Richard M. Wright, Rodger Levenson and Mr. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.
10.11    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 27, 2009, between WSFS Financial Corporation and Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K on July 27, 2009.
10.12    Warrant Repurchase Letter Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2012.
10.13    Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated February 28, 2013.
21    Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23    Consent of KPMG LLP
24    Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this report)
31.1    Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2    Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

121


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

101.INS    XBRL Instance Document *
101.SCH    XBRL Schema Document *
101.CAL    XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document *
101.LAB    XBRL Labels Linkbase Document *
101.PRE    XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document *
101.DEF    XBRL Definition Linkbase Document *

* Submitted as Exhibits 101 to this Form 10-K are documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language). Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability.

Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 and Exhibit 10.13 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements.

 

122


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:      

/s/ Mark A. Turner

            Mark A. Turner
            President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals

           Marvin N. Schoenhals
           Chairman
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Mark A. Turner

           Mark A. Turner
           President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Charles G. Cheleden

           Charles G. Cheleden
           Vice Chairman and Lead Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Anat Bird

           Anat Bird
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ William B. Chandler, III

           William B. Chandler, III
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Jennifer W. Davis

           Jennifer W. Davis
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Donald W. Delson

           Donald W. Delson
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Zissimos A. Frangopoulos

           Zissimos A. Frangopoulos
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Dennis E. Klima

           Dennis E. Klima
           Director

 

123


Table of Contents
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.

           Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ R. Ted Weschler

           R. Ted Weschler
           Director
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Stephen A. Fowle

           Stephen A. Fowle
           Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date:    March 18, 2013         BY:     

/s/ Robert F. Mack

           Robert F. Mack
           Senior Vice President and Controller

 

124